Business and Management 2009 (US) by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group

Routledge

New Titles and Key Backlist

Business and Management

2008/2009

www.routledge.com/business

www.routledge.com/business Welcome to the Routledge

CONTENTS

Business and Management Catalog

Human Resource Management and Employment Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Organizational Behavior and Organizational Theory . .10 Organizational and Work Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Public, Non-Profit and Health Management . . . . . . . .15 Marketing, Retail and Sales Management . . . . . . . . .21 Corporate Communications and PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Strategic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 International Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Asian Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Corporate Governance and Business Ethics . . . . . . . .40 Accounting and Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Mananging Information Systems and Technology/ E-business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Systems Thinking and Complexity Theory . . . . . . . . .54 Operations and Quality Management . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Entrepreneurship and Small Business . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Business History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Research Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 General Business Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

New Titles & Key Backlist 2008/2009

Page 1

Page 9

Page 19

Page 21

COMPLETE CATALOG This catalog only includes a selection of our Business and Management titles. Our online catalog www.routledge.com gives you the power to search for any book currently in print by title or author’s last name. All the entries have a description of the book’s content.

CONTACTS

www.routledge.com/business

US, CANADA AND LATIN AMERICA

THE EASY WAY TO ORDER Ordering online is fast and efficent, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch.

E-UPDATES Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

For Editorial Inquiries: John Szilagyi, Publisher john.szilagyi@taylorandfrancis.com

Nancy Hale, Editor nancy.hale@taylorandfrancis.com

Laura Stearns, Commissioning Editor, Routledge Research laura.stearns@taylorandfrancis.com

For Marketing Inquiries:

EBOOKS – MARKED AS ‘eBOOK’ IN THIS CATALOG

David Wilfinger, Marketing Manager

Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks – in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online.

Exam Copy Requests:

www.eBookstore.tandf.co.uk

david.wilfinger@taylorandfrancis.com exam.copy@taylorandfrancis.com www.routledge.com/examcopy

US Customer Service: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

To visit other Routledge catalogs please visit:

http://www.routledge.com/catalogs

UK AND REST OF WORLD For Editorial Inquiries: Francesca Heslop, Publisher francesca.heslop@tandf.co.uk

Terry Clague, Senior Commissioning Editor terry.clague@tandf.co.uk

For Marketing Inquiries Gemma Anderson, Senior Marketing Coordinator gemma.anderson@tandf.co.uk

UK Customer Service: info@routledge.co.uk

www.routledge.com/business

Business and Management • Browse by new, forthcoming, discipline, textbooks, catalogs, special offers and many other exciting products • Order examination copies • Order online

WEB ORDERS OVER $35 RECEIVE FREE SHIPPING IN US AND CANADA

For a complete list of Business and Management titles please visit our new website www.routledge.com/business

PRSRT STD U.S. POSTAGE PAID CLIFTON, N.J. PERMIT NO. 1104

9 7804 15 997 157

90000

ISBN: 978-0-415-99715-7

270 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10016

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

Human Resource Management and Employment Relations NEW 3RD EDITION

FORTHCOMING

People Strategies for Global Firms

Global Careers

Vl a di mi r P uci k, International Institute for Management Development, Lausanne, Switzerland, S ch on Be e ch le r, Columbia University, New York, USA and A nn e- Va lé r ie O hl ss on

Mi cha e l D ick m a nn, Cranfield University, UK and Ye h ud a B a r uch, Norwich Business School, University of East Anglia, UK

Series: Global HRM

International Human Resource Management Policy and Practice for Multinational Enterprises De n ni s R . B r is coe, (retired) University of San Diego, USA, Ra nd a ll S . S ch ul e r, Rutgers University, USA/GSBA Zurich and Li sb e th C la u s, Willamette University, USA Series: Global HRM Praise for the previous edition: “Briscoe and Schuler have created the benchmark by which other HRM texts will be measured.” —Wayne Cascio, University of Colorado, Denver, USA This essential book provides a thorough foundation for anyone studying or working in international human resource management. Featuring data and examples from international business, consulting practice, academic research, and interviews with IHRM managers in multinational and global organizations, it covers almost everything that is currently known in the field. The approach offers both a theoretical and practical treatment of this important and evolving area, relying heavily on the authors’ varied and international backgrounds. Thoroughly updated and revised, this third edition includes learning objectives, key terms, discussion questions, and end-of-chapter vignettes for application of the ideas in the text. It is designed to lead readers through all of the key topics in a highly engaging and approachable way. The language is very ‘reader-friendly’ and it is global in scope and examples. The book focuses on IHRM within multinational enterprises (MNEs) from throughout the world, featuring topics including: •globalization of business and HRM •global strategy and structure •global HR planning and forecasting •global talent management •global training and management development •global compensation and benefits •global employee performance management •new trends in international HRM. Uncovering precisely why IHRM is important for success, this outstanding textbook provides an essential foundation for an understanding of the theory and practice of IHRM. It is essential reading for all students, lecturers and IHRM professionals. July 2008: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77350-8: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77351-5: $59.95

Providing a framework for thinking about the role of Human Resource Management in global enterprises, this fascinating book investigates the contribution of human resources in controlling the inevitable management tensions emerging in the global enterprise. It covers topics such as: •strategic perspectives on global HRM •enhancing horizontal coordination •transnational leadership development •managing performance in a global context •developing shared culture and global mindset. Taking an integrated approach to international HRM, it focuses on key strategic challenges, such as balancing global integration with local responsiveness. This approach to analyzing the HR role is radically different from the traditional format of IHRM textbooks, and as a consequence, this is an invigorating new addition to global HRM literature, of great interest to students, researchers and practitioners in the fields of HRM and international business. December 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-31628-6: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31629-3: $43.95

Series: Global HRM This exciting book captures broad research extending to a large set of diverse motivations, experiences, and outcomes of international work in global ‘for profit’ and ‘not for profit’ organizations and delivers nuanced insights into the management of international employees for firms and governmental/non-governmental organizations. This text covers global career issues in-depth, working at the intersection of career and international human resource management and using a number of perspectives, such as organizational or individual ones. Chapters include: •theories, frameworks and concepts •supporting research/data where relevant •managerial implications, summaries, learning points, figures and tables Illustrated with up to the minute case studies from companies such as Pepsi, Imperial Tobacco, Cadbury Schweppes, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Philips, HSBC, Misys, Philip Morris International and Masterfoods, Global Careers is essential reading for all those studying or concerned with career management, human resource management and international business. April 2009: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-44627-3: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44628-0: $49.95

NEW

Performance Management Systems A Global Perspective Edited by A r up Var m a, Loyola University, Chicago, USA, Pa wa n S . B ud hwa r, Aston Business School, UK and A ng e lo D e Ni s i, Tulane University, New Orleans, USA Series: Global HRM Performance management is the process by which organizations set goals, determine standards, assign and evaluate work, and distribute rewards. But when you operate across different countries and continents, performance management strategies cannot be one dimensional. HR managers need systems that can be applied to a range of cultural values. This important and timely text offers a truly global perspective on performance management practices. Split into two parts, it illustrates the key themes of rater motivation, rater-ratee relationships and merit pay, and outlines a model for a global appraisal process. This model is then screened through a range of countries, including Germany, Japan, USA, Turkey, China, India and Mexico. Using case studies and discussion questions, and written by local experts, this text outlines the tools needed to understand and “measure” performance in a range of socio-economic and cultural contexts. It is essential reading for students and practitioners alike working in human resources, international business and international management. April 2008: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-77176-4: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77177-1: $49.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

NEW

Global Compensation Foundations and Perspectives

Global Staffing

NEW

Edited by H ug h S cu l li on, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, UK and D a vid G . C ol li ng s, Sheffield University Management School, UK

Managing Human Resources in Central and Eastern Europe

Series: Global HRM

Edited by L ui s G om e z- Me j ia, Arizona State University, USA and St e ve We r n e r, University of Houston, Texas, USA Series: Global HRM Compensation is a systematic approach to providing monetary value and other benefits to employees in exchange for their work and service. But pay and conditions becomes a more complicated issue for multinational companies which operate across different locations and cultures, and who employ an increasingly diverse range of personnel. This unique new text gives in-depth analysis of the key themes and emerging topics faced by global enterprises when dealing with compensation issues. The first section, ‘Foundation Concepts’, looks at the design of compensation packages for a number of different employee groups; from supply chain management to research and development, as well as ethical considerations when dealing with a global context, and the concept of performance related pay. The second section, ‘Global Applications’, looks at current debates in the field, including the influence of national cultures on compensation schemes, discrepancies in CEO pay, and contrasts in wages between industry types. Part of Routledge’s Global HRM, this is is an invaluable text for any student of HRM, Business and Management, or any practitioner working in this area.

Staffing is one of the biggest issues facing companies moving into the global market today. This book provides a multi-disciplinary, integrated and critical discussion-based analysis of current and emerging issues in global staffing. It critically examines best practice and leading approaches, drawing on research from a range of disciplines including international strategy, management, HRM and organizational theory. The key theme of localization is also examined along with the complex associated implementation issues in a number of different regions. This text takes a truly international approach, giving students of HRM and international business an indepth understanding of the processes of global staffing. 2006: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-36936-7: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36937-4: $43.95

Managing Global Legal Systems International Employment Regulation and Competitive Advantage Ga r y W. F lo rk o ws ki, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA Series: Global HRM Presenting a framework for understanding the corporate strategy-public policy interface as it relates to human capital management, this unique text treats legal systems as factors that must be actively managed in the firm’s larger pursuit of international competitive advantage. It provides readers with the most comprehensive description to date of the role that transnational, regional and national institutions play in the evolution of domestic employment regulation and international labour standards, and discusses the opportunities that employers have to influence their form and application.

September 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77502-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77503-8: $55.95

Global Industrial Relations Edited by M ich a e l J . M or l e y, University of Limerick, Ireland, Pa t r ic k Gu nn ig le, University of Limerick, Ireland and D av id G. Co ll in g s, Sheffield University Management School, UK

2006: 288pp eBook: 978-0-203-50291-4 Hb: 978-0-415-36944-2: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36945-9: $55.95

Series: Global HRM

Against the backdrop of ancient cultures, a communist legacy and eventual institutional atrophy, many of the societies of Central and Eastern Europe have pursued aggressive development trajectories since the early 1990s. This part of Europe is now characterized by a rising economic heterogeneity and a rapidly changing socio-cultural context, underscored by waves of restructuring, privatization, increasing foreign direct investment and an emerging individualism. However, while there has been a growing interest in the transition economies in the past number of years, until now, the contemporary nature of human resource management in these societies has not been well documented in book form. This long-awaited text: •charts the contemporary landscape of HRM in this region •describes key aspects of the transition process as experienced in each of the economies under consideration •describes key legislative and labour market developments and reforms •discusses key trends in HRM policy and practice. Authored by leading names in this field, this muchneeded text is an important addition to the literature in this area. August 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-40560-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40561-4: $49.95

Managing Human Resources in Europe A Thematic Approach

Series: Global HRM This informative text provides an analysis of the ten most important themes in European HRM. It takes a thematic yet critical approach and includes three distinct country examples in each chapter, paying special attention to dilemmas, controversies, paradoxes and problems in the field. The major themes covered here are the role of the institutional context, the importance of various organizational forms for HRM, the roles and contributions of HRM within the organization and the impact of societal macro-trends on HRM.

•contemporary themes in global industrial relations. Combining both systems and thematic issues, this important new text is invaluable reading for postgraduates and professionals in the fields of human resources management, industrial relations and business and management as well as anyone studying or interested in the issues surrounding global industrial relations.

Written and edited by leading European authorities, this text is essential reading for all those studying or working in HRM in Europe, and allows an exciting synthesis of theory and practice, illustrated with living case studies. 2006: 304pp eBook: 978-0-203-69673-6 Hb: 978-0-415-35100-3: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35101-0: $55.95

2006: 372pp eBook: 978-0-203-97019-5 Hb: 978-0-415-32946-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32947-7: $55.95

See Order Form on Page 72

Series: Global HRM

Edited by He n r ik H o lt La r se n, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark and Wol fg a ng Ma y rh of e r, Vienna University of Economics and Business Administration, Austria

Breaking new ground and drawing on contributions from the leading academics in the field, this notable volume focuses specifically on industrial relations. Informative and revealing, the text provides an overview of the industrial relations systems of nine regions (North America, South America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Australia and New Zealand, Asia, Africa, and India) and is divided into two distinct sections covering: •regional variations in global industrial relations systems

ORDER NOW!

Edited by Mi cha e l J . Mo r le y, University of Limerick, Ireland, N or ee n H e ra t y, University of Limerick, Ireland and S ne j in a Mi ch ai lo va, University of Auckland, New Zealand

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

Managing Human Resources in North America Current Issues and Perspectives Edited by S t e ve Wer ne r, University of Houston, Texas, USA Series: Global HRM ’An outstanding addition to the growing body of literature on global human resource management. It is very comprehensive with an excellent roster of well known authors. It should be on the desk of all scholars, students and practitioners interested in global human resource management.’ —Robert Heneman, Ohio State University, USA ’Professor Steve Werner has put together an impressive cast of scholars to address some of the most challenging and pressing issues in HR theory and practice in North America. Each of the chapters places HR topics within the broader societal and economic context and includes a discussion of important implications and guidelines for practice. This book will be invaluable for anyone interested in the present and future of HR theory and practice in North America.’ —Herman Aguinis, University of Colorado, Denver, USA This unique text covers the key issues in North American human resources today. Providing an overview of new and emerging issues in North American Human Resource Management (HRM), the chapters are divided into three parts. The first part examines how changes in the business environment have affected HRM; the second part looks at topics that have escalated in importance over the last few years; and the third analyzes topics that have recently emerged as concerns. Each chapter is authored by a leading figure in the field and features case vignettes to provide practical illustrations of the points in hand. The chapters also conclude with guidelines to help HR professionals deal with the issues raised. A Companion Website featuring online lecturer and student resources is available for this text and can be visited at www.routledge.com/textbooks/0415396867.

Managing Human Resources in North America is a core text for current issues in HRM courses in North America and a supplementary text for students studying international HRM in other countries. It will be invaluable reading for all those studying HRM in North America or currently working in the field.

Managing Human Resources in the Middle-East Edited by P a wa n S. Bu dh wa r, Aston Business School, UK and Ka m e l Me l la hi, Nottingham University Business School, UK

NEW

People Management and Performance

Series: Global HRM

J oh n P u rce ll, N i cho l as Ki nn ie, Ju a ni S wa r t, Br u ce Ra yt o n and S us an H ut c hi ns on, all at University of Bath, UK

Managing Human Resources in the Middle East provides the reader with an understanding of the dynamics of HRM in this important region. Systematic analysis highlights the main factors and variables dictating HRM policies and practices within each country. Diverse and unique cultural, institutional and business environment factors which play a significant role in determining HRM systems in the region are also elaborated upon.

Do human resource management practices actually work? This timely and engaging volume examines the links between people management practices and organizational performance. Focusing on the implementation and impact of HR strategies, the book puts forward a model, which draws attention to:

The text moves from a general overview of HRM in the Middle-East to an exploration of the current status, role and strategic importance of the HR function in a wide-range of country-specific chapters, before highlighting the emerging HRM models and future challenges for research, policy and practice.

•The links between human resources and performance

This text is invaluable reading for academics, students and practitioners alike. 2006: 328pp eBook: 978-0-203-48582-8 Hb: 978-0-415-34961-1: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34962-8: $57.95

FORTHCOMING

Managing People Lyn n T h ur l owa y, E li za be t h H ou ld swo r th, and A nn P a r ki n so n, all at Henley Management College, UK By definition, the ability to manage people is an essential skill for all managers in all types of organization. This comprehensive and innovative new textbook examines HRM from a line manager’s perspective in order to meet the real-life needs of HRM students. The book’s unique approach is designed to help all students, not just those intending to become HR managers, to understand the theory and practice of managing people in the workplace. The new set book for the internationallyrenowned Henley MBA, it includes case studies, teaching and learning questions, an extensive bibliography in each chapter and additional on-line resources. Visit the companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415423366 March 2009: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-42335-9: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42336-6: $57.95

•The importance of the culture and values of the organization •The needs of professional knowledge workers

Sponsored by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development, People Management and Performance takes a critical view of how and why HR practices have had a positive impact on a range of organizations and also considers the implications for theory and practice. Incorporating case studies from well known organizations, such as Nationwide and Selfridges, this book will be of interest to graduate students of HRM and business and management, as well as practitioners working in the field. September 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42779-1: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42780-7: $49.95

Readings and Cases in International Human Resource Management Edited by Ma r k E . M e nd en h al l, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, USA, G a r y R. Od do u, Utah State University, USA and G ün te r K. S ta h l, INSEAD, Singapore This fully updated and revised edition of this successful text retains all the favourite features from previous editions as well as adding a wealth of new ones. Written to enable students to meet the international challenges that face them everyday and to sensitize them to the complexity of human resource issues in the era of globalization, this text is a vital resource for all those studying international human resource management. Visit the companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415396882 2006: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-39687-5: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39688-2: $61.95

2007: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-39685-1: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39686-8: $55.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

The Routledge Companion to Strategic Human Resource Management

2ND EDITION

International Human Resource Management

Edited by J o hn S to re y, The Open University, UK, P a t ri ck M . Wri gh t, Cornell University, USA and D a vi d U l ri ch

A European Perspective

Combining up-to-date research, innovative content and practical perspectives, this book is the benchmark by which all other strategic HRM reference works should be measured. Offering a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the field, leading figures from around the globe survey the current state of the discipline and introduce and explore new and cutting-edge themes. Section introductions and integrative critiques from key authorities pull together the separate themes to provide cross-comparison between chapters, creating a cohesive and well-structured volume. Unlike other texts in this area, The Routledge Companion to Strategic Human Resource Management also includes contributions from leading management and business writers in areas adjacent to human resource management, for instance strategy, innovation and organizational learning. These add fresh and challenging insights into HRM themes from key mainstream business and management thinking. This book is an essential resource for researchers and students studying human resource management and strategy. January 2009: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-77204-4: $180.00

FORTHCOMING

Human Resources Management The Key Concepts C hr i s Ro wle y, Cass Business School, London University, UK and Ke it h J a ck so n Series: Routledge Key Guides This book is a concise guide to the most important facts, theories and ideas that more and more managers are turning to for insight into how to run their business. Human Resource Management: The Key Concepts is closely tailored to students needs whilst its relevance to the wider social context makes it useful for practitioners also.

NEW

Edited by M ich a e l D ick m a n n, Cranfield University, UK, Pa u l S pa r ro w, Lancaster University, UK and C hr is Br e w st e r Conducting business across national borders is nothing new; the Knights Templar were banking internationally as long ago as 1135. But modern globalization processes raise different challenges, and as the world becomes smaller and labour movements more common, an international understanding of human resource management is essential. The second edition of International HRM provides a fully updated and revised analysis of this important area. Its innovative, multi-disciplinary approach allows a holistic picture to emerge in which key issues are assessed from organizational, individual and societal perspectives. The collection is divided into three parts: •the contemporary internationalization context •the management of international employees •strategic issues facing international HR managers. Supported by new research, and including work from eminent writers in the field, this book discusses issues as diverse as the relative absence of women in international work, the ethical merits of localization, and the context faced by organizations like the United Nations. It is a valuable tool for all students, researchers and practitioners working in international business and human resource management.

Human Resource Management in Europe Edited by Ch r is t ia n S cho lz, University of Saarland, Germany and Ha n s B öh m, Managing Director of the German Association for Personnel Management, Germany The European Union is expanding. Wide cultural, political and economic differences within the Union have a significant impact on the management of human resources, so crucial to the success of any enterprise. Businesses within the EU have regularly tried to re-evaluate the context in which they work, and for investors from other continents, notably the US and Asia, the potential for expensive mistakes is only too real. In this comprehensive new book, the varied and particular challenges for human resource management in the EU are fully explored. Written in conjunction with the European Association for Personal Management (EAPM), the book offers country-by-country analysis from native authors, assessing the contexts faced by businesses working in thirteen different states: from founding EU members like France and Germany, to relatively new entrants like Latvia and Poland. The book also includes a chapter on Turkey, an emerging economy currently outside the Union. The key issues are addressed from both theoretical and practical perspectives, whilst each chapter is also complimented by best practice case studies. August 2008: 448pp eBook: 978-0-203-93794-5 Hb: 978-0-415-44760-7: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44761-4: $55.95

March 2008: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-42392-2: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42393-9: $54.95

It covers: •employee relations •emerging issues in HR •employee rewards •employee resourcing. Each concept is defined and dicussed with regards to it’s origin, it’s fit into the overall subject and common managerial failures in respect of it. Crossreferencing, an A-Z Index and essay style entries make this concise edition an accessible and rewarding read. February 2009: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44042-4: $110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44043-1: $26.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

NEW Handbook of Research in International Human Resource Management Edited by Mi cha e l M. Ha r r is Series: LEA’s Organization and Management Series “The chapters in this important volume reflect in-depth, nuanced treatments of the most challenging issues that International Human Resource Managment scholars face. Each chapter is thoroughtly documented, and identifies the kinds of challenging questions that will define IHRM research for years to come.” —Wayne F. Cascio, University of Colorado at Denver

Handbook of Research in International Human Resource Management, a book in LEA’s Organization and Management Series, provides a sophisticated, in-depth examination of research in international human resource management (IHRM). Editor Michael M. Harris compiles research in IHRM that is otherwise fragmented across numerous journals and conducted from several different approaches. In so doing, Harris recommends new directions and hypotheses to guide future researchers.

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Best Human Resource Management Practices in Latin America

HRM in the Sport and Leisure Industry

Edited by A n ab e ll a D a vil a, Monterrey TEC, Mexico and M a r t a M . E l vir a, Lexington College, USA

C hr is Wol se y, J ef f A br a m s, He l e n W hi tr od Br own and Te rr y O we n s, all at Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Latin America today presents a dynamic but challenging business landscape. Although foreign investment in the region has risen, Asia’s increasing role in the global economy is a challenge to Latin America’s competitiveness. At the same time, Translatina firms – Latin American trans-national companies – continue to grow in capital and influence. This original collection explores the tensions between the strategic HRM policies demanded by global competition and local approaches rooted in Latin American cultural values. The book uses a selection of real-life case studies, plus quantitative data, to understand the unique challenges of human resource management in Latin America, exploring: •the relationship between political, economic and social forces and HR practices

Containing wide ranging industry specific case studies and a full explanation of all key human resource issues, this text allows students develop their understanding of strategic human resource theory and practice. By its very service nature, leisure and sport are staff intensive sectors, making effective human resource management and development central to understanding the business, and to business success. HRM in the Leisure and Sport Industry is a comprehensive course textbook and reference for students of HRM, business, sports and leisure management. November 2009: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42178-2: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42179-9: $47.95

•lessons from successful HRM practices in the region

The Impact of Culture on Human Resource Management Processes and Practices

•the role of HRM practices for business strategy in Latin America •national development and HRM practices •diverse specific social and cultural contexts. Written by regional-based academics with intimate knowledge of the cultural and business landscapes, this is an important reading for students of human resource management, and business and management.

This well-organized and much needed volume explores topics ranging from how to conduct international human resource management using both qualitative and quantitative methods, to defining “culture”, employee selection, performance management, union-management relations, and careers.

August 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40060-2: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40062-6: $53.95

January 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4948-6: $110.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-4949-3: $49.00

NEW Human Resource Management “with Chinese Characteristics” Facing the Challanges of Globalization Edited by M a lco m Wa r n er This edited book deals with HRM “with Chinese characteristics,” covering a range of topics relating to ongoing reforms in people-management in the Chinese workplace. It has an internationally renowned list of contributors, both Western as well as Chinese. October 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45766-8: $150.00

Edited by D ia n na S t on e and E ug e ne F. S to ne - R om e ro, both at University of TexasSan Antonio, TX, USA It is clear that organizations are becoming more culturally diverse, and a better understanding of multiculturalism and its impact on organizations is needed. This book, with contributions from expert academics, is designed to motivate both the further development of models concerned with the influence of cultural diversity on several human resource management processes and practices and the design and conduct of empirical research on the same topic. 2007: 688pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4598-3: $70.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-4599-0: $39.95

FORTHCOMING

Diversity Management A nn e- M a r ie G re e ne, University of Warwick, UK and Gi ll Ki rt o n, Queen Mary, University London, UK Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations A comprehensive and critical review of the global scholarly literature on diversity, this book presents findings from original UK-based research involving in-depth organizational case studies, interviews, observation and documentary data from over fifty organizations. February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43176-7: $150.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

FORTHCOMING

Inside the Factory of the Future Work, Power and Authority in Microelectronics

The Dynamics of Partnership in Financial Services

A la n Mc Kin la y, University of St. Andrews, UK and P hi l Ta yl or, University of Strathclyde, UK

Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations

P et e r S a m ue l, University of Nottingham, UK

Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations

Sexualities, Work and Organizations J a m e s Wa r d, Kingston University, UK and Management Consultant, PA Consulting Group Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context Innovative and well-written, Sexualities, Work and Organizations brings together and relates stories of minority sexual identity from six organizations drawn from three different industry sectors.

This book takes a cutting-edge look inside the â&#x20AC;&#x153;factory of the futureâ&#x20AC;? based upon a detailed reallife survey of workers at Motorola, a leading microelectronics firm.

This book evaluates the debate on partnership, using original research. Samuel redefines the debate providing a new categorisation with which to synthesize and clarify a highly diverse literature on labour-management partnership.

August 2009: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-21294-6: $130.00

February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42952-8: $130.00

2007: 192pp eBook: 978-0-203-93924-6 Hb: 978-0-415-39699-8: $140.00

Management in the Airline Industry

NEW

FORTHCOMING

G er a i nt H a r ve y, University of Wales, Swansea, UK

Trade Unions in a Neoliberal World

Unions and Globalization

Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations Civil aviation pilots present a peculiar challenge for management as they wield considerable industrial power. Based on original research, this book examines the impact of human resource management on airline pilots in recent years.

The Contemporary Politics of British Trade Unionism Edited by Ga r y D a n ie l s, University of Keele, UK and J oh n M cIl ro y, University of Keele, UK Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations

2007: 176pp eBook: 978-0-203-93803-4 Hb: 978-0-415-39078-1: $130.00

Written by very well-respected contributors, this comprehensive volume provides readers with an academic examination and comparison of the politics of industrial relations in the UK and Europe.

Power at Work

September 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42663-3: $130.00

How Employees Reproduce the Corporate Machine D a r re n M cC a be, Keele University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations Providing detailed insights into working life, McCabe, a well-known author in the fields of organization studies, labour process theory and critical management studies offers a distinctive approach to innovation in the work place.

2ND EDITION

Reward Management A Critical Text Edited by G e off W hi te, University of Greenwich Business School, UK and J a ne t D r uk e r, University of Greenwich Business School, UK Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations September 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43188-0: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43189-7: $53.95

Industrial Relations in Education

International Perspectives

B ob C a r te r and H owa rd S t e ve ns on, both at University of Leicester, UK

This book examines contemporary trade union approaches to vocational education, workplace training and skill development. It explores the role that unions have played in the reform of vocational education and training systems; the nature of union involvement in consultative mechanisms at a national and industry level; the nature of union involvement in skill formation at the workplace, and the development of mechanisms for the articulation of employee voice in the design, delivery and assessment of vocational training. August 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44334-0: $130.00

FORTHCOMING

The State at Work Edited by P e te r Fa i r bro t he r, Cardiff University, UK

Solidaristic Wages Policy

Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context

The European Experience T ho r st e n Sc hu lt e n Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations This book considers the role of both wages and unions in economic theory, asking whether wages are merely a mechanical outcome of the economic process or a political variable subject to influence by organized labour?

Bargaining for Change in the Education Industry

Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context Inter-disciplinary in approach and drawing not only on education research but also from the fields of industrial sociology, management studies and labour process theory to locate the reform agenda within a wider picture relating to teachers, their professional identities and their experience of work, this book draws on critical perspectives that challenge orthodox policy discourses relating to remodelling. April 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41454-8: $160.00

NEW

Outsourcing and Human Resource Management

Managerialism, Public Sector Reform and Industrial Relations

NEW

June 2009: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-41664-1: $130.00

Trade Unions and Workplace Training

Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations

NEW

Innovative and offering a sociological analysis of trade unionism in the globalized era, this book provides a robust and coherent comparative analysis of the debate surrounding trade unions and their renewal.

FORTHCOMING

Edited by Ri ch a rd C o on e y, Monash University, Australia and Ma r k S t ua r t, University of Leeds, UK

2007 eBook: 978-0-203-96184-1 Hb: 978-0-415-41797-6: $140.00

P e t e r Fa ir b rot h e r, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context

This book addresses the key debates on public services reform in the last decade, providing a critical analysis of the restructuring of the public services, the emergence of a more managerially-organized public service and the trade union response.

An International Survey Edited by Ru th Tap li n, Centre for Japanese and East Asian Studies, London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Examining the role of outsourcing in Japan, Europe and the United States, this book takes a broad standpoint on this important practice in contemporary business. January 2008: 264pp eBook: 978-0-203-93395-4 Hb: 978-0-415-42891-0: $150.00

February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44333-3: $130.00

July 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44125-4: $130.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

Globalizing International Human Resource Management Edited by Ch r is Ro wl e y, Cass Business School, London University, UK and Ma l co m War ne r, Judge Business School, University of Cambridge This edited book, in twelve chapters on covers a wide range of regional and national cultures, as well as perspectives, exploring how these might shape both theory and practice in the field of international human resource management. 2007: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-44001-1: $150.00

NEW

The Americanization of Industrial Relations An International Relations Perspective on Business I a n C l a rk, De Montfort University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations This book examines how the American model of industry and management structure, generally, and industrial relations, in particular, have influenced the industrial relations practices of other countries in both Europe and Asia. July 2008: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-38536-7: $140.00

FORTHCOMING

Women and the Labour Market M a r k Ha r t, Kingston University, UK and Va ni Bo ro oa h, University of Ulster, UK Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society Despite the expansion of female employment over the past twenty years, women continue to be crowded into a small number of occupations which, in the main, represent low-paid jobs. This book analyzes this issue and examines one route of escape: self-employment. In the USA women have increasingly been following this path and the growth in women-only businesses is testimony to the possibilities this allows for increasing economic independence. January 2009: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-21601-2: $110.00

Working Time Around the World Trends in Working Hours, Laws, and Policies in a Global Comparative Perspective S a ng he o n Le e, D ei rd re M cC an n and J on C . M e ss en ge r, all at the International Labour Office, Switzerland Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy John Maynard Keynes once made the bold prediction that the three-hour work day would prevail for his grandchildren’s generation. Seventy years later, the question of working time is as pertinent as it was at the inception of the forty-hour week. Not until now, however, has there been a global comparative analysis of working time laws, policies and actual working hours. This book demonstrates that differences in actual working hours between industrialized and developing countries remain considerable - without any clear sign of hours being reduced 2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43937-4: $140.00

Applied Measurement

NEW

Appraisal, Feedback and Development Making Performance Review Work C li ve Fle t ch e r, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK Tried and trusted by thousands of HRM students and professionals in three previous editions, this is the most comprehensive introduction to performance appraisal currently available. In this fully revised and updated work, Clive Fletcher explores the key elements of the appraisal process, and through best practice examples explains how such processes can motivate and develop staff, fostering commitment and positivity, and ultimately improving an organization’s performance. Drawing on the wider critical literature on performance management and organizational psychology, and based firmly on evidence-based analysis and organizational experience, the book stresses the vital role of performance appraisal in the identification, development and retention of talent. Discussion topics include: •aims and outcomes of the appraisal process

Industrial Psychology in Human Resources Management

•designing appraisal schemes

Edited by D e b or a h L . Wh e t ze l, Work Skills First, Inc., Glen Allen VA, U.S.A and Ge o rg e R. Whe a t on, formerly of American Institutes for Research, Greensboro NC, U.S.A

•Multi-level, multi-source ‘360 degree’ feedback

An updated version of Deborah Whetzel and George Wheaton’s earlier volume, this text is a wellorganized sourcebook for fundamental practices in industrial psychology and human resources management. Applied Measurement describes the process of job analysis and test development with practical examples and discusses various methods for measuring job performance. Its primary purpose is to provide practical, systematic guidance on how to develop the various kinds of measurement instruments frequently used in the fields of industrial psychology and human resources management to assess personnel. With easy to follow guidance written in straightforward language, Applied Measurement contains three new chapters focusing on training and experience measures, assessment centers, and methods for defending the content validity of tests; includes contributions from many prominent researchers in the field, all of whom have had a great deal of applied experience; begins each chapter with an overview describing the job analysis or measurement method; and uses one job, that of an electrician, as an example throughout the book so that readers can easily understand how to apply job analysis data for the purposes of test development and job performance measurement.

•appraisal as an ingredient of performance management •training, implementation and monitoring •the international and cultural adaptation of appraisal systems. Exploring both public and private sector contexts, this is essential reading for all students of human resource management and for any manager or HRM professional looking to develop more effective performance appraisal systems. February 2008: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-44690-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44691-4: $49.95

Improving Workplace Learning Ka re n Ev an s, Institute of Education, London, UK, P hi l H o dk i ns on, H e le n Ra i nb ir d and Lor na U n win Series: Improving Learning Grounded in rich and detailed empirical studies, this volume challenges conventional thinking. An important new addition to the Improving Learning series, it focuses on guidelines for improving learning by marrying the very best theory and practice to provide an accessible and authoritative guide to workplace learning. Practitioners, policy makers, students and academics with an interest in learning at work will find this an invaluable addition to their bookshelves. 2006: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-94694-7 Hb: 978-0-415-37119-3: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37120-9: $45.95

This practical, concise book is recommended for students and entry-level practitioners in the fields of industrial psychology and human resources. 2007: 605pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5867-9: $79.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

Vocational Education International Approaches, Developments and Systems Edited by Li nd a C la r k e, University of Westminster, London, UK and C hr i st o ph er W i nc h, King’s College London, UK Examining a wide range of contrasting international approaches and development strategies, this book demonstrates the central role of the state in implementing an effective system of VET and assesses the extent to which different VET policies can promote equality in the labour market and social justice. 2007: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38060-7: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38061-4: $55.95

Communities of Practice Critical Perspectives Edited by J a so n Hu gh e s, Brunel University, Bristol, UK, N ick J e ws on, Cardiff University, UK and Lo r n a U nw in, Institute of Education, University of London, UK This benchmark text provides an accessible yet critical introduction to the theory and application of communities of practice and their use in a diverse range of managerial and professional contexts, from education to human resource development. This book charts the development of the idea of communities of practice and explores the key relationship between learning and identity among: •newcomers and ‘old timers’

How the ARF Ogilvy Award Winners Use Market Research to Create Advertising Success

Edited by Ro na S . B e at t i e, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK and S t e ph e n P. Os bo r n e, Aston University, UK

’Nowhere has there ever been such a thorough and thoughtful review and explication of the best of the best in advertising research.’ —Dee Alsop, Group President, Harris Interactive This book demonstrates how the best companies use the creative application of research, done up front, to produce the big ideas with significant impact on the market and on the people, employees, partners, retailers and customers. Readers of this book will experience how brand managers and their agencies use the right research to drive new brand insights, re-define problems or markets, support risk-taking ideas, and illuminate diverse audiences. This book will be an invaluable resource for business executives looking for market strategy, consumer psychologists, teachers, students, and practitioners looking for a trusted guide for study in advertising, marketing and promotion. 2007: 200pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5653-8: $39.95

Work Group Learning Understanding, Improving and Assessing How Groups Learn in Organizations

•the low skilled and the high skilled •professionals and managers •adults and adolescents.

2007: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-36473-7: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36474-4: $49.95

Human Resource Management in the Public Sector

Ra ym o nd P e tt i t, Wirthlin Worldwide, New York, USA

•male and female workers

Drawing on international empirical studies and adopting a multi-disciplinary approach, this book is useful reading for all students, researchers, practitioners and policy makers with an interest in work, employment, labour markets, learning, training or education.

Learning From Winners

Va l e ri e S e ss a, Montclair State University, Hoboken, NJ and M a nu e l Lo nd on, SUNY at Stony Brook, NY ’This is a wonderfully comprehensive and readable compendium of recent research on group learning. The authors - recognized experts in the field - have contributed a complementary set of chapters that cover the key issues on this increasingly important topic.’

HRM is a core element of public service organizations, whose employees are often their most valuable resource. This outstanding book tackles the subject head on, bringing together cutting-edge research from a range of respected international authors. 2007: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-37292-3: $140.00

Management Development Perspectives from Research and Practice Edited by Ro se m a r y H il l, and J im S t e wa r t, both at Nottingham Trent University, Nottingham, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Human Resource Development Recognizing a significant need to continually update the current body of knowledge, this book provides the most comprehensive and up-to-date work on the state of research and practice in management development. 2007: eBook: 978-0-203-93414-2 Hb: 978-0-415-39602-8: $160.00

FORTHCOMING

Policy Matters Flexible Learning and Organizational Change Edited by Vik t o r Ja k u pe c and Ro bi n U s he r, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology University, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Human Resource Development This important book brings together the three dimensions of organizational change, policy processes and flexible learning within one volume. January 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-22880-0: $120.00

—Amy Edmondson, Harvard Business School This contributed book shapes the emerging field of group learning by drawing on research from leading theoreticians and researchers. Author contributions aggregate existing theory and research and go beyond this foundation to examine new insights about how groups learn and what they learn, factors that influence group learning, learning interventions, and group learning assessment methods. This book will be of interest to all working in the area of group learning, including theoreticians, researchers or professional level practitioners who want a solid grounding in group learning theory and research. Students of organizational behavior will benefit from having the group learning literature brought together in a single volume with chapters from leading researchers. December 2007: 408pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6021-4: $90.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6022-1: $42.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

LEADERSHIP

Teaching The Moral Leader

Leadership The Moral Leader

A Literature-based Leadership Course: A Guide for Instructors

Challenges, Tools and Insights

S a nd r a J . S uch e r, Harvard Business School, USA

Sa n dr a J . S u che r, Harvard Business School, USA Successful leaders – at any level and in any arena – are inevitably presented with moral and ethical choices. This unique and innovative textbook is designed to encourage students and managers to confront those fundamental moral challenges, to develop skills in moral analysis and judgment, and to come to terms with their own definition of moral leadership and how it can be translated into action. Drawing on the inspiration of major literary and historical figures such as Machiavelli, Conrad, Shackleton and Achebe, and based upon an impressive array of literary sources, including novels, plays, history and biography, the book centers on four questions implicitly asked of all leaders: •What is the nature of a moral challenge? •How do people ’reason morally’? •How do leaders contend with the moral choices they face? •How is moral leadership different from leadership in general?

The Moral Leader is based upon the renowned course of the same name taught at Harvard Business School for over two decades. With an emphasis on decision-making and action, students learn to identify moral problems, to address them systematically, and to develop skills that aid them throughout their studies and their professional lives. At times challenging, insightful, and always illuminating, this book is essential reading for all serious students of leadership, management, business ethics or policy. Visit the companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415400640 2007: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-40063-3: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40064-0: $55.95

This book is a comprehensive, practical manual to help instructors integrate moral leadership in their own courses, drawing from the experience and resources of the Harvard Business School course ’The Moral Leader’, an MBA elective taken by thousands of HBS students over nearly twenty years. Through the close study of literature—novels, plays, and historical accounts— followed by rigorous classroom discussion, this innovative course encourages students to confront fundamental moral challenges, to develop skills in moral analysis and judgment, and to come to terms with their own definition of moral leadership. Using this guide’s background material and detailed teaching plans, instructors will be well prepared to lead their students in the study of this vital and important subject. Featuring a website to run alongside that links the manual with the textbook and provides a wealth of extra resources, including on-line links to Harvard Business School case studies and teaching notes this manual forms a perfect complement to The Moral Leader core text also by Sandra Sucher.

Inspiring Leaders Edited by Ro na l d J . Bu rk e, York University, Canada and C a r y L. C o op e r, Lancaster University, UK Authored by some of the best names in the subject area, this book addresses the deficit of leadership and provides readers with an innovative approach to learning leadership skills, merging theory with practice to enable a better understanding of this complex and significant subject. It emphasizes a balance of skills, the critical role of feedback in learning and development, and innovative thoughts on developing women leaders. Taking an international perspective, this outstanding text will be an invaluable resource for those studying leadership, organizational behaviour and human resource management as well as those on specialist masters and MBA courses, and will be especially useful for those undertaking the difficult task of leading within organizations. 2006: 368pp eBook: 978-0-203-01319-9 Hb: 978-0-415-36302-0: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36303-7: $55.95

Leadership: The Key Concepts Edited by A nt o ni o Ma r t ur a n o, University of Exeter, UK and J on at h a n Go sl in g, University of Exeter, UK

2007: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-40065-7: $77.95

Series: Routledge Key Guides

Global Leadership Research, Practice and Development M a rk M e nd e nh a ll, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, USA, Jo yce O sl a nd, San Jose State University, California, USA, A ll an B ird, University of Missouri, USA, Ga r y R . O dd ou, Utah State University, USA and Ma r t ha L. M a zne vs k i, McIntire School of Commerce, University of Virginia, USA Accessible to both student and practitioner alike, Global Leadership explains how changes in the global context have created a demand for a distinctive set of qualities for effective leaders. This volume defines the skill set that global organizations are now looking for, highlighting the need to establish communities across diverse groups of stakeholders and initiate change as key aspects of global leadership. It also presents a critical analysis of the training and development of global leaders of the future.

This is an indispensable and authoritative guide to the most crucial ideas, concepts and debates surrounding the study and exercise of leadership. Bringing together entries written by a wide range of international experts, this is an essential desktop resource for managers and leaders in all kinds of institutions and organizations, as well as students of business, sociology and politics. Topics covered in this guide include: •authority •creativity •cross-cultural leadership •motivation •emotional intelligence •group dynamics. 2007: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-38365-3: $120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38364-6: $26.95

Global Leadership provides an important overview of a key emerging area within business and management. It is essential reading for students of leadership, organizational theory, strategic management, human resource management, and for anyone working and managing in the global arena. 2007: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-40523-2: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40524-9: $49.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

LEADERSHIP • ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY

Leadership at a Distance

Leadership, Feedback and the Open Communication Gap

Research in Technologically-Supported Work Edited by S u za nn e P. We is ba n d,University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ, USA “This is a book whose time has come! It drives still another stake into the heart of the white hat, white horse heroic leader who saves a town, saying ‘My work here is done’. Weisband and company have eloquently succeeded in opening our eyes to numerous forms of leadership at a distance, all designed to prepare leaders to function on Friedman’s global competitive playing field. It is a must read.” —James G. Hunt, Institute for Leadership Research, Texas Tech, USA This volume offers insights from a noted group of scholars who discuss the complex phenomenon of leadership in distributed work settings - also known as leadership at a distance. Editor Suzanne Weisband addresses the ubiquitous roles leaders play, their scale of work, and the range of technologies available to them, while setting new directions in studying leadership at a distance. A unique perspective of empirical research unfolds, representing a variety of fields and methods to foster a better understanding of the role technology plays in leadership, and how leadership is shaped by the use of technology. Managers, organizational behavior psychologists, human factors and industrial engineers, and sociologists will consider this book of interest and will appreciate its interdisciplinary scope. 2007: 264pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5096-3: $79.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-5097-0: $39.95

Organizational Behavior and Organizational Theory Inside Intuition

Le a nn e E . A t wa te r and D a vid A . Wa l dm a n, both at Arizona State University ’This is an excellent book! I especially like its takeaways and the realism with which the material is presented. It held my attention so well that I read virtually all the chapters in one sitting. While holding my attention, I found the book to include a number of solid, scholarly references, unobtrusively presented. Therefore, it should serve the needs of practitioners and college students as well as scholars. The authors have snuck in lots of content in an easy to read format. I highly recommend it.’ —Jerry Hunt, Texas Tech University, USA The topic of leadership has grown in importance, and how and when managers communicate is critical to their effectiveness. This book provides insight for managers to understand the feedback and open communication processes. It suggests guidelines for how and when managers should engage in negative feedback and open organizational-level communication with followers, including when such feedback and information should not be shared. It also adds to the existing knowledge base pertaining to open communication on the part of managers. This book will be of value to managers and practitioners involved in the practice of leadership as well as for courses on leadership, organizational behavior, human resource management and organizational communication. 2007: 512pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5396-4: $69.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-5397-1: $39.95

Culture and Leadership Across the World The GLOBE Book of In-Depth Studies of 25 Societies Edited by J a gd ee p S . C hh o ka r, Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad, Ahmedabad, India, Fe li x C . Br od be ck, Ludwig-Maximilians-University, Munich, Germany and Ro be r t J . H o us e, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, U.S.A Series: LEA’s Organization and Management Series 2007: 1200pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5997-3: $165.00

Eu ge n e S ad l er-S m i th, University of Surrey, UK This book provides a highly readable scientific explanation of ‘gut feeling’, and the sometimes profound effects it can have in decision-making in business, management and other professional contexts. Using examples ranging from Boeing to Buddhism, it explains how managers and other decision makers can make better use of this pervasive, involuntary and ubiquitous phenomenon in their personal and professional lives to support creativity, innovation and interpersonal functioning.

Inside Intuition is essential reading for all advanced students of business and management, and for managers and professionals at all levels. 2007: 368pp eBook: 978-0-203-93207-0 Hb: 978-0-415-41452-4: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41453-1: $57.95

FORTHCOMING

The Ambidextrous Organization The Strategic Management of Learning, Knowledge, and Innovation P a t r ick R e in m oe l le r, Erasmus Universiteit, Rotterdam, The Netherlands There is a growing interest in ‘ambidextrous’ organizations that can achieve harmony between the opposing demands they face internally and externally (such as exploration and exploitation; change and stability; customization and standardization; the development of new competencies and further refinement of existing ones). This interest is being fuelled by a wider debate and interest in learning and knowledge as engines of organizational growth and sustainable competitive advantage. Numerous books on organizational learning and knowledge management have appeared in recent years. However, none combines strategy, learning, knowledge, and innovation into a single coherent framework of ambidexterity. This book explores insights from the extensive body of research that has been conducted over the last few years into the issues of exploratory versus exploitative learning, and how to manage the two within the context of an ambidextrous organization. It goes beyond the usual focus on intangible concepts and ideas relating to learning and knowledge, and identifies actionable responses to contextual challenges, and how to develop an ambidextrous firm. Accessible and practical, this significant text explains key principles, with emphasis on developing students’ understanding of organizational learning, knowledge, innovation, and ambidexterity, and combines them with real-life company examples to illustrate the practical application, utility, and limitations of concepts and theories. For students of strategic management, organizational behaviour and knowledge management this is essential reading. March 2009: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40310-8: $135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40311-5: $39.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY

Handbook of Organizational Creativity Edited by J in g Z h ou and Ch r is t in a E. S ha ll e y This volume is a comprehensive and cuttingedge reference book reflecting current knowledge in the rapidly growing area of organizational creativity. The contributors to this volume are all leading researchers in the field of organizational creativity. This volume: •provides a historical review of organizational creativity theory and research •presents critical reviews and summaries of research on micro, meso, and macro topics (e.g., leadership, feedback, goals and role expectations, groups and teams, social networks, climate and culture, deep structures, sense-making processes, and creativity and organizational change) concerning organizational creativity •demonstrates contributions of creativity to individual work outcomes and organizational success •discusses emerging areas and highlights promising future research trends. Professors and graduate students in management and psychology will find this volume most beneficial. Professors and graduate students in marketing, sociology, and education also may find this book useful and relevant. Thoughtful managers and executives, professionals and knowledge workers, and aspiring managers and MBA students also would find this book beneficial in sharpening their thinking, and helping them to identify the right tools for managing creativity.

Organizational Identity in Practice Edited by L in Le r po ld, Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden, Da vi d e R a va si, SDA Bocconi School of Management, Italy, J o ha n va n Re k o m, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands and Gu i ll au m e S o en e n, E.M. Lyon, France

Organizational Identity in Practice provides muchneeded, in-depth studies on what happens when aspirations, claims and beliefs interact. Given the practical needs of managers and students, this exciting new text provides readers with more insight into what differences in these identity aspirations, claims and beliefs really mean and what we may expect to occur when these differences become visible and what the outcomes of these processes are likely to be.

NEW

Understanding Organizational Change J ea n H e lm s -M il ls, Sobey Business School, St. Mary’s University, Canada, K el ly D ye, FC Manning School of Business, Acadia University, Canada and A l be r t J. Mi ll s, Sobey School of Business, St. Mary’s University, Canada This exciting new text fills the gap in the management literature on organizational change. It presents a balanced view which raises questions about the imperative of change, who’s interests are being served, how change programmes impact on employees and why organizations continually engage in such programmes. It gives readers a comprehensive history of: •change management literature •types of change techniques over time (i.e. TQM, BPR, Balanced Scorecard, Six Sigma, etc.) •the role of management gurus in the rise and fall of management fashions

The diverse case studies illustrate how well-known firms have dealt with the broad issues of ’who we are as an organization’ and ’what makes us similar or distinct from others’ and cover a broad range of industries, firms, and organizational forms. The cases from companies such as Air France, AT&T, Bang & Olufsen, BP, Statoil, Starbucks, Scania and Alfa Romeo are focused on the broad topics of organizational identity, strategy and the environment, multiple and conflicting identities, the construction of identities, and how organizations express and project their identities. The authors give scholars, students and managers valuable ideas on how to deal with organizational identity challenges within firms.

November 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-35576-6: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35577-3: $44.95

2007: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-39839-8: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39840-4: $55.95

Humour, Work and Organization

•the impact of organizational change on organizational members. The authors provide case vignettes of companies from both sides of the Atlantic, which have undergone some of the better-known change techniques, and explore the reasons for their successes and failures. This is an innovative and important new text for students of organizational behaviour, organizational change, strategy and HRM.

2007: 400pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4072-8: $90.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-4073-5: $49.95

Edited by Ro be r t We st wo od, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia and Ca r l Rh od e s, University of Technology, New South Wales, Australia

NEW

Accessible and amusing in style, Humour, Work and Organization explores the critical, subversive and ambivalent character of humour, work and comedy as it relates to organizations and organized work.

CISO Leadership Essential Principles for Success

2006: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-38412-4: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38413-1: $55.95

Edited by To dd Fit zg e r a ld and M ick i Kr a us e January 2008: 312pp Hb: 978-0-8493-7943-7: $69.95

Organizational Change and Strategy An Interlevel Dynamics Approach D a vi d C o gh la n, University of Dublin, Ireland and N i cho l as S . R a sh fo rd, St. Joseph’s University, Philadelphia, USA Expertly combining theory with practice, this book explores both the external and internal discontinuous nature of forces for change, and guides the reader through the intricacies of this complex subject. 2006: 256pp eBook: 978-0-203-97022-5 Hb: 978-0-415-37816-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37817-8: $55.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY

Disorganization Theory

NEW

Explorations in Alternative Organizational Analysis

2ND EDITION

Demystifying Business Celebrity

J oh n Ha s sa rd, Manchester Business School, UK, M ih a el a Ke le m e n, Keele University, UK and J ul ie Wol f ra m C o x, Deakin University, Victoria, Australia

Creating Sustainable Work Systems Developing Social Sustainability

E r i c Gu t he y, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark, T i mo t hy C l a r k, Durham Business School, UK and B r ad J a ck so n, Auckland University Business School, New Zealand

Edited by P e te r D o che r t y, Institute for Management of Innovation and Technology, Sweden, A . B . Ra m i S ha ni, Orfalea College of Business, California Polytechnic University, USA and Ma r i K ir a, Helsinki University of Technology, Finland

Organizational analysis has moved in a number of directions since its origins in mainstream theories of positivism and functionalism. This challenging book sets out an alternative agenda for the field, discussing existing critical discourses, whilst exploring a selection of emerging ideas and arguments.

Since the first edition of this book published the subject of sustainability has risen to the fore-front of thinking on almost every subject within business and management. Tackling the latest developments and integrating practical perspectives with rigorous research this new edition sheds light on a vital aspect of working life. Current trends reveal that increasing intensity at work has major consequences at individual, organizational and societal levels. New organizational approaches to work are needed so the balance between intensive and sustainable work can be achieved, yet there are no guiding models, theories or examples on how this can be done. In exploring the development of sustainable work systems, this book analyzes these problems, and provides the basis for designing and implementing ’sustainable work systems’ based on the idea of regeneration and the development of human and social resources. Shedding light on the emerging work systems, this book describes existing problems and paradoxes. The researchers, from various academic disciplines and institutions in the US and Europe, consider the existing possibilities and emerging solutions and explore alternatives to intensive work systems.

Addressing a series of key epistemological, conceptual and methodological issues, Disorganization Theory is designed to encourage reflexive thinking on the part of the reader. Influenced by critical philosophies of deconstruction and discourse, the book not only offers insight into established debates surrounding, for example, postmodernism and actor-network theory, but also brings forth new insights in the field: mimesis, consumption, retrospection, decoration, governmentality, and fluidity theories are all discussed. Written by an international team of leading organizational theorists, this book is an important and contentious addition to the literature. It is an ideal companion for students and researchers working in the fields of advanced organization and management theory, and critical management studies. 2007: 240pp eBook: 978-0-203-93208-7 Hb: 978-0-415-41728-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41729-7: $49.95

November 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77271-6: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77272-3: $53.95

NEW

Edited by J o S il ve st e r

5TH EDITION

Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology

Sociology, Work and Industry

This new four-volume collection from Routledge is a major work which brings together both canonical and the very best cutting-edge thinking in organizational psychology. Organizational psychology is a broad field which has natural overlaps with other research areas such as organizational studies, organizational sociology, human resource management, individual differences, and management science. For this reason, the primary focus of the collection is on defining the unique contribution of psychology to work and organizations, and taking a critical perspective in reviewing theoretical developments, research evidence, and contributions to practice. It is an essential reference work and will be welcomed as a vital research resource by all scholars and students of the subject. 2007: 1928pp Hb: 978-0-415-40008-4: $1190.00

To ny J . Wa t so n, Nottingham University Business School, UK This popular text effectively explains and justifies the use of the sociological imagination to understand the nature of institutions of work, occupations, organizations, management and employment and how they are changing in the twenty-first century. With outstanding breadth of coverage it provides an authoritative overview of both traditional and emergent themes in the sociological study of work; explains the basic logic of sociological analysis of work and work-related institutions; and provides an appreciation of different theoretical traditions. New features include an easy to read layout, key issues questions, mini case studies, chapter summaries, and a fantastic companion website which is packed full of useful resources (for students and teachers). All of these elements – and much more – provide the reader with a text unrivalled in the field. April 2008: 408pp eBook: 978-0-203-92847-9 Hb: 978-0-415-43554-3: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43555-0: $47.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

This book shows that this characterization of management gurus does not stand up to empirical scrutiny. The authors’ research on the activities of management gurus shows that they collaborate with a range of professional groups during the course of developing (including editors and publishers, ghost writers, agents, consultants, academics, and managers), revising and disseminating their ideas. Based on the primary research of management gurus, book editors and publishers, this book adopts a novel conceptual/theoretical perspective and brings together insights from management, sociological and cultural studies literature. August 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-32781-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32782-4: $49.95

Management Gurus, Revised Edition A n dr ze j H ucz yns k i, University of Glasgow, UK

Organizational Psychology Critical Concepts in Psychology (4 vols)

Management gurus have been identified as the progenitors of many recent fashionable management ideas. Central to the existing literature is management gurus’ portrayal as extraordinary individuals with extraordinary ideas and powers of self-promotion. In other words, management gurus themselves are credited as being wholly responsible for the creation and dissemination of the ideas for which they are known.

In this revised edition, Andrzej Huczynski brings his analysis of gurus into the twenty-first century. He identifies the essential ingredients of popular management ideas and contends that company managers, business school academics and management consultants all have the possibility of attaining guru status by following the guidelines contained in this book. It includes an additional chapter by Brad Jackson (Department of Management and Employment Relations, The Auckland University Business School, New Zealand) and Eric Guthey (Department of Intercultural Communication and Management, The Copenhagen Business School, Denmark).

Management Gurus is a must read for all those studying organizational behaviour, leadership and organizational psychology or for those who wish to attain guru status. 2006: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-39059-0: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39060-6: $47.95

Narrating the Management Guru In Search of Tom Peters D a vi d C o ll in s, University of Essex, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies This volume examines Tom Peters’ key works and reviews his detractors, offering an analysis of his contributions to the field of management that goes beyond the simple chronological model that has previously been used. 2007: 168pp eBook: 978-0-203-96178-0 Hb: 978-0-415-41666-5: $140.00

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY • ORGANIZATIONAL AND WORK PSYCHOLOGY

Diversity Resistance in Organizations Edited by Ke cia M . T h om a s, University of Georgia (UGA), USA This is a groundbreaking volume that provides informed, balanced yet frank discussion of US workplace diversity and diversity resistance issues. The chapters in this book put a name on behaviors and practices that have existed in the workplace for a long time, yet until recently have had no name. Further, the majority of the chapters innovatively link existing psychological and organizational factors such as fear, uncertainty, power, emotions, and organizational change and development. The book’s editors and authors emphasize that we need to know more about diversity resistance, both in overt and covert forms. To guide us, we can draw on existing research and practice literature that have both theoretical and empirical depth. Professionals and practitioners who increasingly interact with diverse employees will find this book essential to their work. 2007: 664pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5962-1: $80.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5963-8: $39.95

NEW

The People Make the Place Exploring Dynamic Linkages Between Individuals and Organizations Edited by Bre n t S mi t h This volume, in honor of Ben Schneider, highlights his work on the Attraction-Selection-Attrition (ASA) model of organizational behavior which has become one of the most important models in the history of Personnel Psychology. The central tenet of the ASA model is that people matter. Although organizational structure processes, and climate and culture are important, they are fundamentally a reflection of the unique collection of people who populate an organization.

The Sustainability and Spread of Organizational Change

NEW

Social Networks

Modernizing Healthcare

An Introduction J e ro en B ru gg e m an, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Social Networks: An Introduction is the first textbook that combines new with still-valuable older methods and theories. Designed to be a core text for graduate (and some undergraduate) courses in a variety of disciplines it is well-suited for everybody who makes a first encounter with the field of social networks, both academics and practitioners. The book includes reviews, study questions and text boxes as well as using innovative pedagogy to explain mathematical models and concepts. Examples ranging from anthropology to organizational sociology and business studies ensure wide applicability. An easy to use software tool, free of charge and open source, is appended on the supporting website that enables readers to depict and analyze networks of their interest. It is essential reading for students in sociology, anthropology and business studies and can be used as secondary material for courses in economics and political science. August 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45802-3: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45803-0: $49.95

This fascinating book demonstrates how popular culture is a compelling arena for the critique of organizational life, one that plays out the complex and contradictory relations that people have with the organizations in which they work.

2ND EDITION

2006: 336pp eBook: 978-0-203-03065-3 Hb: 978-0-415-37094-3: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37095-0: $55.95

Gu y C a ll e nd e r, Curtin University of Technology, Australia

Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

January 2008: 320pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5300-1: $79.95

This important book examines issues affecting the sustainability and spread of new working practices. The question of why good ideas do not spread, “the best practices puzzle,” has been widely recognized. But the ‘improvement evaporation effect’, where successful changes are discontinued, has attracted less attention. Keeping things the way they are has been seen as an organizational problem to be resolved, not a condition to be achieved. This is one of the first major studies of the sustainability of change focusing on the example of the NHS, by a unique team of health service and academic researchers. This book will be essential reading for students, managers, and researchers concerned with the effective implementation of organizational change.

Efficiency and Management

C a r l R ho de s, University of Technology, New South Wales, Australia and R ob e rt We st wo od, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia

2007: 256pp eBook: 978-0-203-00787-7 Hb: 978-0-415-35989-4: $140.00

Series: Understanding Organizational Change

FORTHCOMING

Critical Representations of Work and Organization in Popular Culture

This edited volume of original scholarly contributions will add insight to the many implications of Schneider’s thinking on the ASA model and organizational climate.

Edited by D a vid A . B uch a na n, Cranfield University, UK, L ou is e Fit zg e r al d, Leicester Business School, De Montfort University, UK and D i an e Ke t le y, NHS Institute for Innovation and Improvement, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Designing a more reliable basis on which to evaluate management behaviour, this excellent book, engages fully with management rhetoric and the frequent confusion surrounding it. January 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43180-4: $130.00

Organizational and Work Psychology

Organizational Change for Corporate Sustainability

FORTHCOMING

A Guide for Leaders and Change Agents of the Future

Gr a nt M ic he l so n, University of Sydney, Australia and Ka t h ry n Wa d di ng to n, City University, London, UK

Gossip and Organizations

A nd re w G r if fi t hs, University of Queensland, Australia, S uz a nn e B e nn, University of Technology, New South Wales, Australia and D ex te r D u np hy, University of Technology, New South Wales, Australia Series: Understanding Organizational Change 2007: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-39329-4: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39330-0: $55.95

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Exciting and innovative, this book provides readers with an important analysis of the latent and informal aspects of organizational discourse on which, until now, no serious researched has been carried out. January 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41785-3: $130.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ORGANIZATIONAL AND WORK PSYCHOLOGY

FORTHCOMING

Identity, Feeling and Sociality at Work

Understanding Organization as Process

Identity and the Modern Organization

Theory for a Tangled World

Edited by Ca r ol in e A . Ba r t e l, University of Texas at Austin, S t e ve n Bl a de r, New York University and A m y Wr ze sn ie w sk i, Yale University

To r H er ne s, Norwegian School of Management, Oslo, Norway

Affective Organizing D a vi d G ra n t, University of Sydney, Australia, Ri ck I ed e m a, University of New South Wales, Australia, C a r l R ho de s, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia. and He r m in e S che e re s, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

September 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45194-9: $150.00

Coming to grips with the actual complexity and fluidity of organization and management is a persistent problem for scholars and practitioners alike, which is why process issues have received renewed interest in recent years. This book, aimed at scholars and higher level students, frames some of these issues in novel and instructive ways.

FORTHCOMING

2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-93452-4 Hb: 978-0-415-43305-1: $130.00

Values-based Service for Sustainable Business

Corporate Strategy

Lessons from IKEA

A Feminist Perspective

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

Challenging male-dominated theory, this book is a breath of fresh air in the corporate strategy arena. With an open-minded strength to her argument, du Toit has produced an impressive volume of interest to corporate strategists and social theorists.

This is the first book on the role of values in developing and managing service companies, emphasizing sustainable business. The authors examine the role of values in forming a service culture which creates customer value.

2006: 144pp eBook: 978-0-203-01817-0 Hb: 978-0-415-36561-1: $140.00

February 2009: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-45853-5: $130.00

FORTHCOMING

Management and the Dominance of Managers

The Peak Performing Organization

T ho m a s D i e fe n ba ch, Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

Edited by Ro na l d B ur k e, York University, Canada and C a r y L. C o op e r, Lancaster University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Organizational Behaviour and Strategy This international collection of essays from leading authorities in the field of organizational studies, combines empirical and theoretical evidence and analyses how effective human resource management can lead to successful organizations.

This book looks behind the portrait of management as a functional and value-free “technicality” and challenges the image of managers as the selfless pursuer of an organisation’s survival and development.

April 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45170-3: $140.00

May 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44335-7: $140.00

Edited by Ma rc ia P. Mi ce li, Georgetown University, Washington, DC, Te rr y Dw or k in, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN, and J a n et Ne a r, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN Series: LEA’s Organization and Management Series This book is a research based book on whistleblowing in organizations. The three noted authors describe studies on this important topic and the implications of the research and theory for organizational behavior, managerial practice, and public policy. May 2008: 496pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5988-1: $69.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-5989-8: $39.95

Perspectives on Organizational Fit Edited by Ch e r i O st ro ff, University of Maryland at College Park and T i m ot hy A . J ud ge, University of Florida, Gainesville Series: SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series This book concerns how employees consider their work lives, how well they fit their jobs, the work setting, other people, and what is important and valued in their organizations. 2007: 464pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5195-3: $89.95

FORTHCOMING

2007: 304pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5679-8: $79.95

Whistle-Blowing in Organizations

Series: Routledge Research in Organizational Behaviour and Strategy

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

Identity and the Modern Organization presents a lively exchange of ideas among psychology and management scholars on the realities of modern organizational life and their effect on the identities that organizations and their members cultivate.

NEW

A ng él i qu e du To it, University of Sunderland, UK

B o E d va rds so n, Karlstad University, Sweden and B o E nq ui s t, Karlstad University, Sweden

Series: LEA’s Organization and Management Series

Wisdom and Management in the Knowledge Economy

Time in Organizations Edited by R ob e rt A . Ro e, University of Maastricht, the Netherlands, M a r y J . Wa l le r, University of Maastricht, the Netherlands and S t ew ar t C l e gg, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia

D av id Ro on e y, University of Queensland, Australia, Be r n a rd McK en n a, University of Queensland, Australia and P e te r Li e sc h, University of Queensland, Australia

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Issues imbued with aspects of time are replete in organizations. However, while time and temporality are inextricably intertwined with organizational life, the effects of time often go unnoticed and unmeasured in research on organizations. This book inspires and guides researchers in enhancing the temporal focus of their work, both in conceiving and modeling organizational realities and in ways of gathering and analyzing data.

Series: Routledge Research in Organizational Behaviour and Strategy This book reinvigorates the use of wisom in management and work practice, promoting it as an important research topic and demonstrating how it can be applied across a number of important management areas such as knowlege innovation and strategy. August 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44573-3: $130.00

February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46045-3: $150.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ORGANIZATIONAL AND WORK PSYCHOLOGY • PUBLIC, NON-PROFIT AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

The Psychology of Conflict and Conflict Management in Organizations Edited by Ca r s te n K.W. De D r eu, University of Amsterdam and Mi che l e J . Ge l f an d, University of Maryland, College Park, MD Series: SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series This new volume in SIOP’s Organizational Frontiers Series is a state-of-the-art overview of contemporary conflict research which places conflict research and theory squarely within the realm of industrial and organizational psychology. This volume brings together and integrates classic and contemporary insight in conflict origins, conflict processes, and conflict consequences. In addition, it stimulates modeling conflict at work at relevant levels of analyses: the interpersonal and group, and the organizational. It is appropriate for scholars and practitioners in the areas of industrial organizational psychology, human resource management, organizational behavior, applied psychology and social psychology. December 2007: 1024pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5516-6: $79.95

FORTHCOMING

Employee Resourcing in the Construction Industry

People and Culture in Construction A Reader Edited by A n dre w Da i nt y, Loughborough University, UK, S t ua r t Gre e n, University of Reading, UK and B ar b a ra B a gi lh ol e, Loughborough University, UK Series: Spon Research This important work sets out cutting-edge social science and business-oriented thinking derived from a major EPSRC research project. Its interdisciplinary approach draws together industry and research, and is international in its relevance.

Series: Spon Research This new book looks at employee resourcing indepth, both analytically and in order to provide a practical insight into the strategic considerations and operational approaches which modern large contractors take in deploying their human resources. It is a valuable resource for both students and managers. February 2009: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-37163-6: $160.00

NEW

Innovation in Small Construction Firms P e t e r Ba r re t t, University of Salford, UK, Ma r t in S e xt o n, University of Salford, UK and A n ge l a Le e, University of Salford, UK Series: Spon Research Presenting new theoretical and practical insights and models grounded in descriptive case studies Innovation in Small Construction Firms promotes the benefits of innovation within and between small and medium sized (SMEs) construction firms.

FORTHCOMING 2ND EDITION

Public Management and Governance Edited by Ton y Bo va ir d, University of Birmingham, UK and E l k e L öff l e r, Governance International, UK

2007: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-34870-6: $158.00

FORTHCOMING

Understanding Organisational Culture in the Construction Industry Vau gh a n C o ff e y, Queensland University of Technology, Australia Series: Spon Research Using the construction industry as the subject of his research, Vaughan Coffey investigates the culture– performance link using a new measure of company performance and an evaluation of organizational culture which is largely behaviourally-based.

Cultural Change Work in Progress M at s A lve s so n and S t e fa n S ve ni ng ss on, both at Lund University, Sweden How do people react to significant organizational change? Do we see ourselves as helping change to come about, or allowing change to happen around us? How can we adapt more easily to change? Based around an illuminating extended case-study, this important text uncovers the reality of organizational change. From planning and inception to project management and engagement, this book explores the views and reactions of various stakeholders undergoing real-life change processes. Drawing on theories of organizational culture, it helps us to understand how organizations can promote change without alienating the people needed to implement it.

Changing Organizational Culture represents an original and timely addition to the literature on organizational change. It is vital reading for all students, researchers and practitioners working in organizational theory and behaviour, change management and HRM.

March 2008: 120pp Hb: 978-0-415-39390-4: $110.00

Key themes covered include: •the challenges and pressures governments experience and how these differ internationally •competitiveness in the global economy

Changing Organizational Culture

2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-93596-5 Hb: 978-0-415-43761-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43762-2: $47.95

This major textbook examines what it means to have efficient management and good quality services in the public sector and how public sector performance can be improved. Furthermore, it explores how the process of governing needs to be fundamentally altered if a government is to remain legitimate and make use of society’s resources.

•the changing functions of the modern government

April 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42594-0: $150.00

Strategic Considerations and Operational Practice A n i R a id e n, Nottingham Trent University, UK, A n dr ew D ai nt y, Loughborough University, UK and R ic ha rd H N e al e, University of Glamorgan, UK

Public, Non-Profit and Health Management

•the role of the public sector in a “mixed economy” of public, voluntary and private service provision.

Public Management and Governance is an exciting new textbook for students, featuring contributions from leading names in the field and covering all of the key topics. It includes discussion questions, group and individual exercises, case studies and further reading, making it essential reading for all students on specialist undergraduate and postgraduate courses in public services management, public administration, government and public policy. February 2009: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-43042-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43043-2: $55.95

Public Management: Old and New La ur en ce E . Lyn n , J r., Texas A&M University, USA Putting the American model in perspective for academics around the world, this book establishes the historical, theoretical, analytical, practical and future foundations for the comparative study of public management. 2006: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-96477-4 Hb: 978-0-415-28729-6: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28730-2: $47.95

NEW

Beyond New Public Management Edited by Ko ich ir o A g at a, Waseda University, Japan Series: Routledge Waseda International Studies This collection brings together an international array of contributors to examine public management in several countries across the world. The book offers constructive suggestions, based on empirical evidence, of where the future lies. December 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40391-7: $130.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

PUBLIC, NON-PROFIT AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

The Management of NonGovernmental Development Organizations D a vi d Le wi s, London School of Economics, UK

The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Marketing

Revealing the distinctive organizational challenges faced by NGOs, this second edition provides a fully updated and revised text that will prove invaluable to all those studying or working in NGOs, the voluntary sector or development studies.

Edited by A dr i a n S a r ge a n t, Indiana University, USA and Wa lt e r Wym e r J r, The Joseph W. Lutter III School of Business, Virginia, USA

2006: 285pp eBook: 978-0-203-03070-7 Hb: 978-0-415-37092-9: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37093-6: $55.95

Public Procurement International Cases and Commentary Edited by Lo ui s e K ni gh t, University of Bath, UK, C hr i st i ne H a r la n d, University of Bath, UK, J a n Tel g en, University of Twente, the Netherlands, Kh i V. Th a i, Florida Atlantic University, USA, Gu y C a ll e nd e r, Curtin University of Technology, Australia and Ka ty McK en, University of Bath, UK Edited by a team of internationally recognised experts in the field this innovative text illustrates the strategies and innovations within public procurement on a global scale and highlights common problems that all countries encounter. Public Procurement is vital reading for anyone with an interest in this topical area. 2007: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-39404-8: $200.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39405-5: $61.95

This timely collection of cutting-edge articles offers a complete overview of marketing in the nonprofit sector. Written by a leading team of international experts, it examines the issues faced by public and nonprofit organizations in marketing and raising funds, and provides a comprehensive review of the latest research. An introductory section reviews the history of ideas in nonprofit marketing and examines those fundamental marketing principles of special relevance to nonprofit organizations. The book then explores in-depth the latest thinking in each of the most important nonprofit arenas, including: •voluntary sector marketing

FORTHCOMING

Fundraising Management Analysis, Planning and Practice A d r ia n Sa r g e an t, Indiana University, USA and E l ai ne J a y, Sargeant Associates Ltd, UK This comprehensive introduction to fundraising management offers a unique blend of in-depth analysis and best professional practice. Much more than a how-to guide, this book critically examines the key issues in fundraising policy, planning and implementation and introduces the most important management tools available to the modern fundraiser. The book also includes important new material on managing fundraising teams, group dynamics and leadership, and the use of electronic media in fundraising, and is richly illustrated throughout with examples and case-studies from the UK, the US and elsewhere. A truly groundbreaking textbook, and still the most well-rounded introduction to fundraising theory and practice available in print, Fundraising Management is essential reading for all students of fundraising and for all serious professional fundraisers. August 2009: 372pp Hb: 978-0-415-45153-6: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45154-3: $57.95

•fundraising •arts marketing •education marketing •political marketing

Thoughtful Fundraising

•social marketing •volunteer recruitment, management and retention •public sector marketing and e-government. Containing real-world examples and case study material throughout, The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Marketing makes an important contribution to our understanding of marketing theory and practice in the nonprofit sector. It is an essential reference for all students, researchers and practitioners working in nonprofit marketing, fundraising or philanthropy. 2007: 448pp eBook: 978-0-203-93602-3 Hb: 978-0-415-41727-3: $190.00

Concepts, Issues and Perspectives Edited by J il l M or da un t, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK and Ro b P a t o n, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK Exploring new developments taking place in the area of fundraising, the specially commissioned articles, by experts in the field move the thinking in the profession beyond its familiar formulae and assumptions, opening up critical debate about the nature, contribution and limitations of fundraising. This volume is essential reading for anyone who aspires to work at senior levels in fundraising or is currently engaged in studying this challenging area. 2006: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39429-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39428-4: $55.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

PUBLIC, NON-PROFIT AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

NEW

Organization Theory and the Public Sector Instrument, Culture and Myth To m C h r is t en se n, University of Oslo, Norway, P e r Læ gre i d, University of Bergen, Norway, P a ul G. Ro ne ss, University of Bergen, Norway and K je ll A r n e R øv ik, University of Tromso, Norway Public sector organizations are fundamentally different to their private sector counterparts. They are multi-functional, follow a political leadership, and the majority do not operate in an external market. In an era of rapid reform, reorganization and modernization of the public sector, this book offers a timely and illuminating introduction to the public sector organization that recognizes its unique values, interests, knowledge and power-base. This volume challenges conventional economic analysis of the public sector, arguing instead for a democratic-political approach and a new, prescriptive organization theory. A rich resource of both theory and practice, Organization Theory for the Public Sector: Instrument, Culture and Myth is essential reading for anybody studying the public sector.

Managing Performance

Managing Performance Improvement

International Comparisons

Lynn e F. Ba xt e r, The York Management School, York, UK and A l as d ai r M. Ma cLe o d, Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh, UK

G e er t B ou ck a er t, Kathdiek Universiteit, Leuven, Belgium and Jo hn H a ll ig a n, University of Canberra, Australia In this important text, the viability of performance management in public sector organizations is systematically assessed across a number of international case studies. The book provides a framework through which models of performance management can be understood in terms of both their impact within a public sector organization, and the effects that have been seen in countries with contrasting administrational contexts. Managing Performance – International Comparisons critically examines the effects of performance management models in the public sector, and assesses their future evolution. It is an important book for all students and researchers with an interest in management, public administration and public policy. 2007: 464pp eBook: 978-0-203-93595-8 Hb: 978-0-415-42394-6: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42395-3: $49.95

January 2008: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-92921-6 Hb: 978-0-415-43380-8: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43381-5: $49.95

NEW 2ND EDITION

Managing Public Services Implementing Changes

’Baxter and MacLeod’s book goes well beyond most of the established texts on performance management by giving special consideration to the important aspects of strategy and improvement. It has a refreshing style that blends the historical, theoretical, and practical contexts while also drawing on useful case examples.’ —David Bennett, Aston Business School, UK From TQM to Six Sigma and the Balanced Scorecard, there appears to be no end to the ’revolutionary’ approaches proposed to improve business performance. However, on closer inspection, most new performance improvement approaches offer few differences from their predecessors. This thought-provoking book provides a critical perspective on the management of performance improvement initiatives by relating major theories to practical examples from a wide range of organizations. Baxter and MacLeod analyze ideas on performance improvement and discuss how these concepts might not make any impact on organizations, using cases as diverse as telecommunications, cement manufacturing, a major airport, and an economic development organization. In their critique of popular performance improvement ’innovations’, the authors highlight the possible damage to organizations they can cause. In response to prevailing performance improvement practices, the authors put forth the concept of repair as a way to rescue these efforts. Working from the authors’ extensive research, they present alternative perspectives on improvement that shifts forward the stagnant debates on these processes. Offering a needed alternative perspective and real insights into the process of implementing performance improvements, this book will prove invaluable to advanced students and MBAs studying quality, performance improvement, operations management, and HRM.

A Thoughtful Approach to the Practice of Management Ton y L. D oh er t y, St. Martin’s College, London, UK and Te r r y H o r ne, Lancaster Business School, UK

2007: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-36680-9: Pb: 978-0-415-36681-6:

April 2008: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-41450-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41451-7: $57.95

Formula Funding of Public Services P e t e r C . S m it h, University of York, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Business Organizations and Networks Written by a leading international expert, and including international empirical evidence, this important book provides a comprehensive introduction to the theory and practice underlying the use of formulae as a basis for funding public services. 2006: 176pp eBook: 978-0-203-01302-1 Hb: 978-0-415-36289-4: $160.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

$135.00 $41.95

PUBLIC, NON-PROFIT AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

Making Policy Happen

NEW

Edited by Le s li e Bu dd, J u li e C ha r le s wor t h, and R ob P a t on, all at The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK

Managing the City

Management in Networks On multi-Actor Decision Making

“Policy work” is increasingly conducted by public managers at different levels of seniority, and in a variety of settings. This significant collection of readings focuses on the discussion of how policy work happens, whether that involves bringing a policy-making process to fruition or the implementation of policy.

H an s de B ru ij n, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands and Er ns t t en H e uve l ho f, Delft University of Technology, Netherlands In this accessible and straightforward account, Hans de Bruijn and Ernst ten Heuvelhof cast light on multi-stakeholder decision-making. Shunning simplistic model talk, they reveal the nuts and bolts of decision-making within the numerous dilemmas and tensions at work. Using a diverse range of illustrative examples throughout, their perceptive analysis examines how different interests can either support or block change, and the strategies available in managing a variety of stakeholders

The ideas included here draw on many different academic disciplines including economics, political science, social policy, international relations, organizational behaviour and psychology. The book is divided into four key sections, each with an introduction by the editors, covering: •understanding policy processes •governance contexts •instruments and discourses •leadership in policy work. This key text equips the reader with the fundamental knowledge and the essential ability required to critically analyze the key theoretical, conceptual and operational approaches to the development and management of public policy. Containing timeless papers that are the building blocks of understanding public policy, this important volume allows the reader to analyze new issues in appropriate contexts and one’s own setting. 2006: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-39767-4: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39768-1: $61.95

This insightful text provides both depth of understanding and a wealth of advice. It is invaluable reading to students working in business and management, public administration and organizational studies, plus practitioners – or actors – operating in a range of contexts. May 2008: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-46248-8: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46249-5: $45.95

NEW

International Networking for Development Fa bi e nn e For t a ni e r, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Ro b va n Tul de r, Rotterdam School of Management, the Netherlands

Creative Philanthropy

This book assesses the effectiveness of the ’political network strategies’ of developing countries. It provides insights into the effects of globalization on development and strategic lessons for policy makers.

Toward a New Philanthropy for the Twenty-First Century H e lm u t K. A nh e ie r, UCLA, California, USA and D ia n a Le a t, The London School of Economics, UK This important new book provides an overview of creative philanthropy along with an analysis of theory and practice. It spells out the implications for management and policy, draws on case study examples and highlights vital tools and techniques.

December 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-33915-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33916-2: $49.95

The Economic Analysis of Public Policy

2006: 288pp eBook: 978-0-203-03075-2 Hb: 978-0-415-37090-5: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37091-2: $55.95

W il li a m K. B el li n ge r, Dickinson College, USA

Edited by Jo hn D ia m o nd, Edge Hill University, UK, J o yce Li dd le, University of Nottingham, UK, A l an S o ut h er n, University of Liverpool, UK and A l an Tow ns e nd, Durham University, UK Taking a problem based approach to regeneration management, this exciting book examines how various issues are addressed within the areas of social and economic development and transformation. 2006: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-94688-6 Hb: 978-0-415-38257-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38258-8: $55.95

FORTHCOMING 2ND EDITION

Arts Management D e r r ick C h on g, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK Presenting this critical overview, at a time when interest in aesthetics and managements studies is rapidly increasing, Derrick Chong explores a vital sub-discipline: arts management. Using a diverse range of sources that include contributions from contemporary artists, prominent management theorists and the experience of arts managers, topics discussed include: •arts research •cultural entrepreneurship •collaborations in the arts •artistic leadership •institutional identity •arts marketing •creative approaches to financing •organizational forms and dynamics. The book makes a concerted effort to address the artistic, managerial and social obligations of arts and cultural organisations operating in contemporary urban environs. As such, it is a must-read for students and scholars of business, management and art. February 2009: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-42390-8: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42391-5: $49.95

Concise and accessible, this book offers an excellent introduction to the financial decision-making required in the public sphere and is relevant to a broad range of disciplines, including politics, economics and business and management. 2007: 448pp eBook: 978-0-203-94648-0 Hb: 978-0-415-77277-8: $200.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77278-5: $53.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

PUBLIC, NON-PROFIT AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

Contracting for Public Services

NEW

The Art Business Edited by Ia i n R ob e rt s on, Sotheby’s Institute, London, UK and D e r r ick C h on g, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK Drawing on the vast experience of Sotheby’s Institute of Art, The Art Business exposes the realities of the commercial trade in fine art and antiques. Attention is devoted to the role of auction houses, commercial galleries and art museums as key institutions, with the text divided into four thematic sections covering: •technical and structural elements of the art market •cultural policy and management in art business •regulatory legal and ethical issues in the art world •the views, through interviews, of leading art market experts. This book provides a thorough examination of contemporary issues in the art business, and the mechanisms and influences which underpin its evolution. It is essential reading for students of art history or international business, or anyone with an interest in pursuing a career in this area. June 2008: 246pp Hb: 978-0-415-39157-3: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39158-0: $49.95

Co-production The Third Sector and the Delivery of Public Services Edited by Vic to r P e st of f, Mid-Sweden University, Sweden and Ta co Br a nd s en, University of Tilburg, the Netherlands Public management research has, in recent years, paid increasing attention to the third sector, especially to its role in the provision of public services. In this thematic presentation understanding of the subject is enhanced by presenting several new studies on the subject and introducing the concepts of co-production, co-management and cogovernance as a conceptual framework that enables developments in the area to be better understood. 2007: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-43963-3: $130.00

FORTHCOMING

C a r st e n Gre ve, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark

Managing Finances and Accountability in the Public Sector

Series: Routledge Masters in Public Management

S he il a E ll wo od, University of Warwick, UK and S ue N ew be r r y, University of Sydney, Australia

Insightful and comprehensive and covering new subjects like globalization and IT, this text, international in its approach, provides a thorough introduction to the key phases of the contracting process and the skills required by managers in its implementation.

Series: Routledge Masters in Public Management

These include: •policy for contracting

•recognize appropriate costing techniques, their relevance and application

Financial management is now an integral part of the work of a public service manager. The successful manager must be able to: •understand the financial environment and how public services are funded •contribute to strategic and short term budgets

•compare and investigate service costs.

•strategic purchasing •understanding markets •communicating the contracting decision •designing and drafting the contract •the role of the consumer •the regulation of service provision Illustrated throughout with practitioner case-studies from a range of OECD countries, this book presents an important new theoretical ‘contract management model’ and a ‘mature contract model,’ and explores the mechanisms, formal rules and informal norms that influence the way governments contract for public services. This book is essential reading for all students of public management and all public service managers. 2007: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-00273-5 Hb: 978-0-415-35654-1: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35655-8: $55.95

The integration of academic discussion of issues and the practical application in this book is demanding but necessary, and enables readers to develop both critical awareness and skills in financial management. The former provides the necessary academic rigour for study at graduate level whilst the latter is part of an essential toolkit for the twenty-first century manager. January 2009: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-40529-4: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40530-0: $49.95

Risk and Crisis Management in the Public Sector Lynn T. D re nn a n, ALARM, the UK’s national forum for risk management in the public sector and A ll a n McC o nn e ll, University of Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Masters in Public Management

FORTHCOMING

Human Resource Management in Public Service Organizations Edited by R on a S . Be a t t ie, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK and J e nn if e r Wa te r h ou se, University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia Series: Routledge Masters in Public Management Human resource management (HRM) is a core element of any service, but especially so in public service organizations, whose employees are often their most valuable resource. However, until now there has been little information readily available in the form of key texts which explore this important topic. Now, this outstanding book tackles the subject head on, bringing together cutting-edge research on HRM in the public sector from a range of respected international authors. It covers such key issues as: •the relationship between HRM and organizational performance •managing cultural change and the work-life balance.

The public sector, at both national and sub-national levels, plays a crucial role not only in the management of such extraordinary events as these, but also in anticipating and preparing for the “unthinkable.” This book links theory and practice, to equip public managers and those studying public management with the necessary knowledge and skills to manage risk, and deal effectively with crises. 2007: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-37814-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37815-4: $55.95

FORTHCOMING

Managing Complex Governance Networks Edited by Ge e r t Te i sm a n, Erasmus University, the Netherlands, A r wi n v an B uu re n, Erasmus University, the Netherlands and La s se M . G e rr i t s, Erasmus University, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management April 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45973-0: $130.00

February 2009: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-41154-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41155-4: $49.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

PUBLIC, NON-PROFIT AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

Social Enterprise

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Public Management and Complexity Theory

Employment Relations in the Voluntary Sector

Richer Decision-Making in Public Services

Struggling to Care

M ar y Le e Rh od es , Trinity College Dublin, Ireland, J oa n ne M ur p hy, Queen’s University Belfast, UK, J e nn y M ui r, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and J oh n A. Mu r ra y, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Ia n C un ni ng ha m, University of Strathclyde, UK. Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management In this book, the authors apply a CAS framework to a series of case studies in public sector management to generate new insights into the issues, processes and participants in public service domains. February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45753-8: $150.00

This books provides an in-depth exploration of the relationship between the voluntary sector and state agencies, and the impact of this on employment in the sector, giving an insight into what it is like to work in a voluntary organization in the UK. June 2008: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-42713-5: $130.00

FORTHCOMING

Governance and Regulation in the Third Sector

FORTHCOMING

Public Private Partnerships in the European Union

International Perspectives

Christopher Bovis, University of Central Lancashire, UK Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management

Edited by S us a n P h il li ps, Carleton University, Canada and St e ve n Ra t h ge b Sm i t h, University of Washington, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations

This book provides a one-stop shop, multidisciplinary approach to public procurement. Providing its readers with practical description and analysis it explores possible future tends in public procurement regulation.

This book brings together scholars and experienced practitioners from different countries to investigate the relationship between regulation and relational governance for the third sector in a comparative context.

March 2009: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-34993-2: $130.00

April 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77477-2:

FORTHCOMING

$130.00

Public Services Management

NEW

A Critical Approach

Managerial Economics of Non-Profit Organizations

Edited by G r ae m e C ur r i e, University of Nottingham, UK, J a ck ie Fo rd, University of Bradford, UK, N a n cy H a rd in g, University of Leeds, UK and Ma r k Le a r m on th, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management

Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations In one of its previous books, the EMES European Research Network traced the most significant developments in ‘social entrepreneurship’ emerging inside the third sector in Europe. Building upon that seminal work, this volume presents the results of an extensive research project carried out over a fouryear period of a comparative analysis of 160 social enterprises across eleven EU countries. With contributions from an impressive list of academics, all members of the EMES European Research Network, this rich follow-up volume to The Emergence of Social Enterprise is essential reading for academics, researchers and students in the fields of the third sector and social policies. 2006: 352pp eBook: 978-0-203-94690-9 Hb: 978-0-415-37878-9: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37879-6: $57.95

FORTHCOMING

Strategic Positioning in Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations C e l in e C he w Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations This book examines the extent to which contemporary theoretical perspectives of strategic positioning can be used to explain the positioning activities of charitable organizations within the wider voluntary and non-profit sector. April 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45304-2: $150.00

NEW

The Third Sector in Europe Prospects and challenges Edited by St e p he n P. O sb or ne Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations Edited by a leading light in the field, this book presents contemporary research into the voluntary sector in Europe, exploring its contribution to European society as well as the key challenges it faces, drawing from both economics and sociology.

April 2008: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-43382-2: $130.00

March 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44998-4: $140.00

Edited by Ma r t he N ys se n s, Universite Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

Ma rc J eg e r s, Vrije University, Belgium Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations The first book to bring together microeconomic insights on the functioning of non-profit organizations, this volume complements the wide range of books on the management of non-profit organizations by focusing on both theoretical and empirical work.

This book brings together public services policy and public services management in a new way, challenging many old ideas in this field and presenting the debate of what “critical” constitutes when applied to public services policy and management.

At the Crossroads of Market, Public Policies and Civil Society

The Study of Public Management in Europe and the US

March 2008: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-42339-7: $150.00

A Competitive Analysis of National Distinctiveness Edited by Wa l t er Ki ck e r t, Erasmus University, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management This book provides an overview of the study of public management from some of the most authoritative experts in this area of study in Europe and the United States, establishing a dialogue between different approaches to this discipline. 2007: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44386-9: $150.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

PUBLIC, NON-PROFIT AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT • MARKETING, RETAIL AND SALES MANAGEMENT

Managing for Health Edited by Da vi d J. H un te r, Durham University, UK Series: Routledge Health Management Series “In this timely and highly readable book, David Hunter and his colleagues demonstrate the importance of leadership in achieving better health in an increasingly complex world. It will be essential reading for those delivering better health but it also deserves to be read, and hopefully understood, by their political masters.” —Martin McKee CBE, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, UK Through examples and case studies drawn from across Europe, Managing for Health explores the management challenge in public health policy and offers pointers to equip students of health management and public health managers with the necessary perspectives and skills to function effectively in the twenty-first century. This book takes a comparative perspective on the issues of health improvement and the struggle between the needs of acute care providers, such as hospitals and those that provide preventative measures to promote health. This comprehensive and balanced textbook is an essential read for students and those engaged with health management, public health and public management.

Marketing, Retail and Sales Management

Marketing: The Basics is a clear, concise resource for students or practitioners looking to improve their understanding of marketing fundamentals in a global context.

NEW 5TH EDITION

International Marketing Strategy and Theory S a k On k vis i t, San Jose State University, USA and J oh n S h aw, Providence College, USA Marketing is a universal activity that is widely applicable, regardless of the political, social or economic systems of a particular country. However, this doesn’t mean that consumers in different parts of the world should be satisfied in the same way. The fifth edition of International Marketing has been written to enable managers and scholars to meet the international challenges they face everyday. It provides the solid foundation required to understand the complexities of marketing on a global scale.

Public Policy for Regional Development Edited by Jo r ge M a rt i ne z- Va zqu e z, Georgia State University, USA and Fr a nço i s Va il la nc ou r t, Université de Montréal, Canada

October 2008: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-77261-7: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77262-4: $63.95

NEW

Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book addresses the question of the best possible uses of public funds and the most effective strategies for regional development, focusing on the develop of human capital and the methodology of formulating regional policy. April 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77576-2: $160.00

Ka r l M oo re, McGill University, Quebec, Canada and N ik e t h P a re e k, McGill University, Quebec, Canada Series: The Basics

Fully updated, this book includes topical case studies, examples of contemporary marketing campaigns, the most relevant discussion topics and up-to-date theories, references and research findings. It is this combination of theory and practice that makes this textbook truly unique, presenting a fully rounded view of the topic rather than soley an anecodotal or descriptive. A companion website provides additional material for lecturers and students alike.

2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-01434-9 Hb: 978-0-415-36344-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36345-7: $55.95

Marketing: The Basics

Covering the basic functions of marketing, its role in corporate decision-making and the importance of competitive strategies, this accessible text provides international perspectives on the areas discussed through examples of practice from North America, Asia, Europe and the Middle East. A user-friendly, easy-to-follow guide, Marketing: The Basics is perfect for sixth-form, first-year undergraduate and MBA students, plus those professionals who require an understanding of this important subject in their day-to-day working lives. 2006: 232pp eBook: 978-0-203-96751-5 Hb: 978-0-415-38080-5: $100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38079-9: $17.95

FORTHCOMING

Worldwide Cases in Marketing Management Lui z M ou t in ho, University of Glasgow, UK, L az lo J ozs a, Szechenyi Istvan University, Hungary, E n r iq ue Bi gn e, University of Valencia, Spain and Ku n- H u an g H ua ng, Feng Chai University, Taiwan Examining a range of specific local business environments, cultural make-ups, population fabrics, and management styles, this text explores key issues that call for effective marketing decision-making in a particular setting. The challenges faced by different countries in the EU are thoroughly examined, and chapters focus on a selection of important commercial organizations.

An Introduction

This book illuminates the commercial context that has evolved from a number of important political developments in recent years. It will prove engaging reading to all students of marketing and international business.

Ton y P ro ct or, Unviersity College Chester, UK

April 2009: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-45888-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45889-4: $55.95

NEW

Strategic Marketing

Fully updated and revised to include the latest case studies and examples from a broad range of industry sectors, this second edition of Strategic Marketing: An Introduction is a concise, thorough and enlightening textbook that demonstrates how organizations can cope with a myriad of demands by better understanding themselves, their products or services, and the world around them. This textbook is the complete guide to assessing and imposing a realistic and successful marketing strategy to fit an organization, its resources and objectives, and the environment in which it operates. Accessibly written and supported by a user-friendly companion website, this new edition of Strategic Marketing: An Introduction is an essential resource for all students of marketing and business and management.

NEW

Marketing the Sports Organisation Building Networks and Relationships A la i n Fe r r a nd, University of Lyon, France and S co t t McC a r t hy, The British Judo Association, UK Drawing on both academic expertise and real life case studies, this book describes how to use relationship marketing in sports organisations. Its comprehensive and instructive approach makes it an essential manual for professionals and an invaluable resource for academics. November 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45329-5: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45330-1: $47.95

July 2008: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-45816-0: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45817-7: $63.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

MARKETING, RETAIL AND SALES MANAGEMENT

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Marketing and Consumption in Japan

The Retailing Reader Edited by J oh n D a ws on, A n ne Fi nd la y, and L ei gh S pa r k s, all at University of Stirling, UK

Ka zu o U s ui, Saitama University, Japan

Visual Marketing

Featuring work from seminal theorists in the area and charting the development of retailing as an important discipline in its own right, this superb volume examines the key themes in contemporary retailing. Organized into five sections, each of which includes an illuminating editorial overview, The Retailing Reader examines: •consumers and shoppers

From Attention to Action

•retail branding and marketing

Edited by M ich e l We d el, University of Maryland, College Park and R ik P i e te r s, Tilburg University, Tilburg, Netherlands

•merchandising and buying;

This book explores the development of marketing, consumption and marketing thought in Japan throughout the twentieth century. August 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32313-0: $150.00

•strategy, power and policy

This comprehensive volume aims to further research and theory development in visual marketing. By bringing together leading researchers in the field, it strives to contribute to the establishment of visual marketing as a coherent discipline. The chapters represent an array of issues in visual marketing. They address three areas in theory: attention and perception, visual cognition and action and choice. The chapters go beyond what is known, and offer in many cases a more speculative and visionary account of the directions that visual marketing research could and should take. Rather than being confined to advertising only, this new volume shows how visual marketing permeates almost all consumer and marketing activities. It will be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students in marketing, management, industrial design, and consumer and social psychology. Professional practitioners, especially those involved with marketing communications, retail, and in store marketing and market research, will also benefit from the empirically based and innovative ideas put forth in this book. 2007: 328pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6292-8: $79.95

Marketing Discourse A Critical Perspective P e r S kå l é n, Stanford University, USA., Ma r t in Fo ug è re, Swedish School of Economics and Business Administration, Finland and Ma r k us Fe l le s so n, Swedish School of Economics and Business Administration, Helsinki The book offers a critical survey of the most important contributions to managerial marketing discourse from the earliest twentieth century onwards, articulating a social critique and evaluation of marketing. 2007: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41669-6: $130.00

NEW

Marketing Research Edited by D a vi d F. Bi r k s and T i m Ma ce r Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and Management A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Perspectives on Business and Management, this is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research on marketing research.

The Undermining of Beliefs in the Autonomy and Rationality of Consumers J o hn O’ Sh a ug hn e ss y, Columbia University, USA and N i cho l as O ’S ha ug h ne ss y, Queen Mary, University of London, UK This book examines modern consumption, focusing on concepts of autonomy and rationality. The authors adopt a moderating perspective, reviewing and critiquing attacks on these concepts in order to work towards a more nuanced view of the consumer. 2007: 160pp eBook: 978-0-203-93583-5 Hb: 978-0-415-77323-2: $130.00

•international retailing.

NEW

Extensive case studies include an analysis of the British grocery market, the strategies embodied by Nike Town stores, and the development of retail economies in China and Latin America.

The Law and Consumer Credit Information in the European Community

The Retailing Reader presents a comprehensive overview of this important area of study, and is an ideal companion for any student of retailing, marketing or business and management.

The Regulation of Credit Information Systems

April 2008: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-35638-1: $210.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35639-8: $70.00

Strategic Issues in International Retailing Edited by J oh n D a ws on, University of Edinburgh, UK, R o y La r k e, UMDS University, Kobe, Japan and Ma s a o M uk o ya ma, UMDS University, Kobe, Japan

F ed e r ico Fe r re t t i, Brunel University, Bristol, UK This book examines the legal framework and compliance in the EC of consumer credit reporting and credit information sharing arrangements. It also lookes at the issue of human rights, and the extent to which the right to privacy of consumers ahould be balanced against the aims of consumer credit reporting. May 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46073-6: $140.00

This important text takes a strategic approach, examining in-depth studies of a variety of retailers and marrying theory with practice to provide comprehensive coverage for students at every level. Illustrating and evaluating the strategies of international retailers, developing concepts and theories that enable an understanding of international retailing and showing the contrasts in the approaches adopted by major firms in their international operations, this important text is a must-read for all those studying or working in international retail. 2006: 232pp eBook: 978-0-203-63962-7 Hb: 978-0-415-34370-1: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34371-8: $47.95

NEW

Retail Supply Chain Management J am e s B. Aye r s, CGR Management Consultants, Playa del Rey, CAa and Ma r y A nn O de ga a r d, UW Business School, Seattle, WA Most retail industry managers focus on products instead of operations. Retail Supply Chain Management demonstrates the connection between products, market and strategies. This book provides an understanding of each facet of the supply chain to show how each component is related and can be manipulated for maximum return. January 2008: 448pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9052-4: $89.95

December 2008: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-44912-0: $1043.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

MARKETING, RETAIL AND SALES MANAGEMENT

FORTHCOMING 3RD EDITION

The Advertising Handbook H e l e n P ow e ll, J on a t ha n Ha r dy, Ia i n M a cRu r y and S a r a h H a wk i n Series: Media Practice

The Advertising Handbook is a critical introduction to the practices and perspectives of advertising. It explores the advertising industry and those who work in it and examines the reasons why companies and organizations advertise; how they research their markets; where they advertise and in which media; the principles and techniques of persuasion and their effectiveness, and how companies measure their success. It challenges conventional wisdom about advertising power and authority to offer a realistic assessment of its role in business and also looks at the industry’s future. The Advertising Handbook, Third Edition offers new material and a new organising framework, whilst continuing to provide both an introduction and an authoritative guide to advertising theory and practice. It is shaped to meet the requirements, interests and terms of reference of the most recent generation of media and advertising students - as well as taking account of some of the most recent academic work in the field, and, of course, contemporary advertising innovations.

Fundamentals of Marketing

FORTHCOMING

M ar i ly n A . S t on e, Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh, UK and J oh n D e s mo nd, St Andrews University, UK

Fundamentals of Marketing provides a sound appreciation of the fundamentals of the theory and practice of marketing. Using case studies drawn from a cross section of sectors, in particular the banking, hospitality, retail and public service sectors this textbook critically evaluates the effectiveness of different marketing strategies and approaches. Exploring the principles of marketing this volume engages the reader, not only in theory but also in practice, using a broad range of real-life case studies such as Coca Cola, Apple, FCUK, Virgin, Amazon.com, Barnes and Noble, Dyno Rod and New Zealand wool. The text analyzes the marketing mix: product development, pricing, promotion (and communications marketing) and place (channels of distribution). It also emphasizes the role of Marketing Information Systems (MIS) using internal reporting, marketing intelligence and marketing research including the contribution from marketing research agencies and reviews the role of technology, e-commerce and the Internet in supporting successful marketing.

•detailed profiles of and from advertising agencies and new media players

Featuring a support website that provides student and lecturer resources, Fundamentals of Marketing conveys the main principles of marketing in a challenging yet accessible manner and provides the reader with insights into the workings of marketing today.

•new and detailed workshop exercises to accompany each chapter

Visit the Companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415370974

•supplementary input from a range of commissioned contributors.

2006: 328pp eBook: 978-0-203-03078-3 Hb: 978-0-415-37096-7: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37097-4: $59.95

This new edition includes: •fresh industry case studies

February 2009: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-42312-0: $120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42311-3: $31.95

Higher Education Marketing A Professional’s Guide to Strategic Theory and Practice Edited by D a vid Ro be r t s, The Knowledge Partnership, UK Effective marketing, recruitment and retention of students is imperative for university funding. This is the first book to provide practical strategic guidance for those implementing and managing higher education marketing. Built upon original research this informative book provides practical guidance to marketers and senior managers who have responsibility for developing and then executing marketing strategies. Higher Education Marketing challenges the uncritical adoption of mainstream marketing theories and tools, questioning their ready application in the education and introduces a range of new tools, models and concepts that have been specifically developed for education; some are adaptations of mainstream approaches (based on lessons from consulting and contributors in senior management roles), others based on original research of both an academic and professional nature. Illustrated by useful case studies this book covers all aspects of design, implementation and management of HE marketing. Key topics include: •creating the marketing strategy •internal analysis & competitor (and collaborator) analysis •internal marketing and communications •reputation, branding and positioning •how to position a university, department or course •retention and relationship marketing •new course development •costing and pricing •marketing academic research. April 2009: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42051-8: $135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42052-5: $48.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

MARKETING, RETAIL AND SALES MANAGEMENT

NEW

Flagship Marketing

2ND EDITION

Cross-Cultural Marketing

Edited by Re va B ro wn, Oxford Brookes University, UK and To ny K en t, University of the Arts, London, UK

Consumer Sales Law

Theory, Practice and Relevance D a wn Bu rt o n

Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

Cross-Cultural Marketing provides a concise and insightful approach to a complex and important subject. In an era of increasing ethnic diversity within individual countries, national boundaries are no longer the only cultural barriers that marketers need to consider. A cross cultural perspective is required if companies are to maximize the potential revenue from ethnic groups with rising levels of expenditure. In the UK, for example, the ’ethnic’ market is estimated to be worth around twelve billion each year.

This book is focused on the increasing diversity of flagships and the ways in which they can create showcases in people’s lives. This unique volume will be of interest across many disciplines including marketing, visual culture, design and urban studies. July 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43602-1: $130.00

Brick & Mortar Shopping in the 21st Century

Written in an accessible manner, each chapter begins with learning objectives and ends with questions for discussion at the end. Case studies are integrated throughout to illustrate theory drawn from the latest academic research with practical examples. Written from a critical theoretical perspective drawing on multidisciplinary insights from across the social sciences and humanities, this is an interesting and thought provoking read for all students interested in the realities in contemporary marketing. December 2008: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-44892-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44893-2: $49.95

Edited by T in a Lowr e y, University of Texas-San Antonio, USA This book explores how traditional retailing operates in the new competitive environment of a combined e-tailing and brick and mortar marketplace. In drawing together the cutting-edge research of a global group of experts in the field of consumer behavior, this volume addresses questions such as: which psychological theories can provide insights into why so many consumers still flock to traditional shopping environments? What situational factors promote or inhibit ’physical’ shopping? Which methodologies best capture moderators and mediators of various shopping behaviors?

Brick & Mortar Shopping in the 21st Century will be of interest to both marketing professionals and graduate students in the areas of advertising, retailing, consumer behavior, marketing communications and psychology. 2007: 312pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6394-9: $59.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-6364-2: $39.95

Ke it h Owe n s, University of Northampton, UK

Explaining the practical influences under which the law has been formed, it encourages students to understand why the law has developed in the way that it has and gives a large number of examples of how the law works in practice. Though ideal for law students taking an option in consumer law, this text is also useful for non-law students studying law within business studies or a related discipline. January 2009: 500pp Pb: 978-1-84568-036-7: $53.95

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

This book analyzes the interaction of consumer sales law with politics, the appeal of consumer protection to politicians and the influence of the European Union and the EU Directives. It also discusses the removal of consumer sales law from its traditional realm of legal professionals to consumer and debt advisors and public officials with the power to seek injunctions to protect consumers. Written by an author with forty years experience of teaching sales and finance law to undergraduates, this textbook is an essential tool for all undergraduates studying commercial and consumer sales law. http://www.routledgecavendish.com/textbooks /9780415415668 2006: 1152pp Pb: 978-0-415-41566-8: $65.95

Consuming Books The Marketing and Consumption of Literature Edited by St e p he n Bro wn, University of Ulster, UK A key text containing something for everyone, Consuming Books not only complements the ‘howto’ genre but provides the depth that previous studies of book consumption conspicuously lack. 2006: 240pp eBook: 978-0-203-02012-8 Hb: 978-0-415-36767-7: $140.00

Edited by An t on e ll a C ar u, University of Bocconi, Italy and Be r n a rd Co va, European School of Management, Paris, France

Covering the main principles of law which directly affect the consumer, this new textbook provides a clear exposition of the law alongside a critical analysis of existing law and proposals for reform.

See Order Form on Page 72

J o hn Ma cl e od, Liverpool Law School, UK Fully updated and revised, this comprehensive and informative textbook provides readers with an overview of current consumer sales law and equips them with a view of how this fast-changing subject has, and will continue to develop through the inclusion of new reform proposals.

Consuming Experience

Consumer Law

ORDER NOW!

The Law Relating to Consumer Sales and Financing of Goods

Fax 1-800-248-4724

This book covers the “hot topic” of the experiential consumption in an accessible manner and from a unique industry perspective which is not used in any other book. It highlights the idea that an experience is not something that can be readily managed by firms and is not limited to the market: an individual’s daily life is made up of consuming experiences that can occur with or without a market relation. Broad and comprehensive, this book provides a challenging vision of the consumption experience, which is an invaluable tool for all those studying marketing and consumer behaviour. 2006: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38243-4: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38244-1: $55.95

www.routledge.com/business

MARKETING, RETAIL AND SALES MANAGEMENT

Consuming Symbolic Goods

Design Management

Identity and Commitment, Values and Economics

Exploring Fieldwork and Applications

Edited by Wi l fr ed D ol f sm a, Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, the Netherlands

Edited by R ob e rt J e r r a rd, University of Central England, UK and D av id H an ds , Staffordshire University, UK

The phenomenon of consumption has increasingly drawn attention from economists. While the “sole purpose of production is consumption,” as Adam Smith has claimed, economists have, up to recently, generally ignored the topic. This book brings together a range of different perspectives on the topic of consumption that will finally shed the necessary light on a largely neglected theme. 2007: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-45636-4: $140.00

NEW

Handbook of Consumer Psychology Edited by Cu r t is P. H a u gt ve dt, Ohio State University, Columbus, P au l M. H e r r, University of Colorado at Boulder, and Fr a n k R. K ar de s, University of Cincinnati This Handbook contains a unique collection of chapters written by the world’s leading researchers in the dynamic field of consumer psychology. Although these researchers are housed in different academic departments (ie. marketing, psychology, advertising, communications) all have the common goal of attaining a better scientific understanding of cognitive, affective, and behavioral responses to products and services, the marketing of these products and services, and societal and ethical concerns associated with marketing processes. Consumer psychology is a discipline at the interface of marketing, advertising and psychology. The research in this area focuses on fundamental psychological processes as well as on issues associated with the use of theoretical principles in applied contexts. February 2008: 2560pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5603-3:

$90.00

Credit and Consumer Society Da wn B ur t on, Queen Mary, University of London, UK The language of credit and debt is almost ubiquitous in daily life. This groundbreaking book argues that we have entered an era in which credit and debt are sanctioned, delivered and collected through new cultural and economic mechanisms. 2007: 176pp eBook: 978-0-203-93598-9 Hb: 978-0-415-40521-8: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40522-5: $47.95

NEW

Featuring a series of international case studies, Design Management: Exploring Fieldwork and Applications argues that assessment of the design function within any organization must incorporate both qualitative and quantitative research methods. The book explores a number of key themes, such as new product development, risk in design and corporate identity. Moreover, by drawing on a range of techniques from the social sciences, the authors rigorously develop means by which design may be understood accurately.

Brands and Brand Management Edited by Ri ch ar d E l li ot t, School of Management, University of Bath Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and Management A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Perspectives on Business and Management, this is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research on brands and brand management. October 2008: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-43324-2: $1190.00

Imaging in Advertising

This book represents an important and timely contribution to our knowledge of the management of product and service innovation. It will be an invaluable text for students and researchers working in design and management. 2007: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-08954-5 Hb: 978-0-415-39333-1: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39334-8: $55.95

Verbal and Visual Codes of Commerce Fe r n L. J o hn so n, Clark University, Worcester, MA While scholarship on the visual elements of advertising has advanced our understanding of communication and media, the language elements - or ’verbal images’ of the advertisement tend to be downplayed, providing a truncated analysis.

FORTHCOMING

Brand Management Theory and Practice C ha r l ot t e Knu dt ze n, Sigma, Copenhagen, Denmark, T il de H e di ng, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark and Mo ge n s B je r re, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark This comprehensive textbook presents the reader with an exhaustive analysis of the scientific and paradigmatic approaches to the nature of brand as it has developed over the last twenty years. It delivers a thorough understanding of the managerial implications of these different approaches to the management of the brand. The authors also provide an understanding of how the nature of brand and the idea of the consumer differ in these approaches and offer in-depth insight into the opening question of almost every brand management course: “What is a brand?”

Imaging in Advertising explores how the verbal and visual work together to create a language of advertising that speaks to audiences and moves them to particular thoughts and actions. Through a series of case studies, Fern L. Johnson examines how the verbal and visual produce meaning - exploring advertisements for cigarettes, alcohol, and cosmetics - and argues that the verbal images in advertising are as important as the visual images, treating advertisements as a structured whole, rather than a series of fragments. December 2007: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-97881-1: $95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-97882-8: $29.95

January 2009: 252pp Hb: 978-0-415-44326-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44327-2: $49.95

NEW

Brand Meaning M ar k B a te y, Mark Batey, Sr. Vice President, Draftfcb Latin America

Brand Meaning takes a comprehensive and holistic look at how consumers find and create meaning in brands. It explores the fundamental conscious and unconscious elements that connect people with products and brands. Traditional marketing concepts are questioned, and a new brand meaning framework is put forward. The book lays out new and fertile territory for the understanding of how brands can both assimilate and provide meaning. It will leave readers with a better appreciation of what brand means and what brands mean. February 2008: 280pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6454-0: $59.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-6455-7: $29.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

CORPORATE COMMUNICATION AND PR

Corporate Communication and PR Essentials of Corporate Communication Implementing Practices for Effective Reputation Management C e e s B .M . va n R ie l, Erasmus University, Rotterdam, the Netherlands and Ch a r le s J . Fom b r un, The Reputation Institute, New York, USA This lively and engaging new book addresses a topical and important area of study. Helping readers not only to understand, but also to apply, the most important theoretical notions on identity, identification, reputation and corporate branding, it illustrates how communicating with a company’s key audience depends upon all of the company’s internal and external communication. The authors, leading experts in this field, provide students of corporate communication with a research-based tool box to be used for effective corporate communications and creating a positive reputation.

2007: 328pp eBook: 978-0-203-39093-1 Hb: 978-0-415-32826-5: $53.95

Psycholinguistic Phenomena in Marketing Communications Edited by T in a M. Lowr e y, University of Texas at San Antonio, USA

Psycholinguistic Phenomena in Marketing Communications is the first book to address the growing research in the field of consumer behavior concerning psycholinguistics and the applications of psycholinguistic theory to advertising and marketing communications. $75.00

FORTHCOMING

Facets of Corporate Identity, Communication and Reputation

Global Public Relations

Edited by T. C. Me l e wa r, Brunel University, Bristol, UK

A l a n Fr e it a g, University of North Carolina, USA and A s hl i S t o k es, University of North Carolina, USA

Including contributions from academics and practitioners, this important collection unravels the complexities of this growing field of study. The text is split into three coherent sections, focusing in turn on identity, communication and reputation. Case studies are used throughout the book to illustrate important issues, such as the basic principles of visual communication, the importance of reaching both internal and external stakeholders, and the challenges faced by companies working in multicultural environments.

This groundbreaking text provides a structured and practical framework for understanding the complexities of contemporary public relations. It is an instructional book that guides the reader through the pitfalls of communicating and problem solving across a range of organizations and locations, and in both international and cross cultural settings.

This book brings clarity and new theoretical insights to an important aspect of modern business. It is an invaluable companion for all students, researchers and practitioners with an interest in marketing, communications and international business. April 2008: 256pp eBook: 978-0-203-93194-3 Hb: 978-0-415-40527-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40528-7: $49.95

Essentials of Corporate Communication features original examples and vignettes, drawn from a variety of US, European and Asian companies with a proven record of successful corporate communication, thus offering readers best practice examples. Illustrations are drawn from such global companies as Virgin, IKEA, INVE and Lego. Presenting the most up-to-date content available it is a must-read for all those studying and working in this field.

2006: 312pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5690-3:

NEW

Strategic Reputation Management

Spanning Borders, Spanning Cultures

Featuring case studies, testimonials from professionals working in the field, and discussion questions for further debate, Global Public Relations highlights the differing dynamics which need to be considered in a variety of contexts; from communicating to a company’s own employees, to liaising with external bodies like government agencies, community opinion leaders, and the media. The book shows how skilled public relations professionals negotiate an array of different issues in both reflecting and maintaining the goals and values of the organization they work for. Offering a truly global perspective on the subject, this innovative text is essential reading for any student interested in public relations and the mass media in general, and will also be of interest to professionals working in the field. July 2009: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-44814-7: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44815-4: $55.95

Towards A Company of Good P ek k a A u la and Sa k u Ma n te r e

Strategic Reputation Management examines the ways in which organizations achieve “goodness” through reputation, reputation management and reputation strategies. It presents a contemporary model of strategic reputation management, helping organizations and stakeholders to analyze the business environment as a communicative field of symbols and meanings in which the organization is built or destroyed. Authors Pekka Aula and Saku Mantere introduce the eight generic reputation strategies, through which organizations can organize their stakeholder relationships in various ways. They illustrate their arguments using realworld examples and studies, from the Finnish Ski Association to Philip Morris International. This book serves as required reading in advanced courses covering public relations practice, advanced topics in PR, corporate communication, management, and marketing. Professionals working in PR, business, management and marketing will also find much of interest in this volume.

2ND EDITION

Rethinking Public Relations PR Propaganda and Democracy K ev in Mo lo ne y, Bournemouth University, UK In this updated second edition Kevin Moloney challenges conventional public relations thinking, thoroughly investigates topical issues, and expands and updates the arguments put forward in the successful first edition. 2006: 248pp eBook: 978-0-203-03059-2 Hb: 978-0-415-37061-5: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37062-2: $55.95

April 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6425-0: $110.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6426-7: $34.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

CORPORATE COMMUNICATION AND PR

3RD EDITION

Becoming a Public Relations Writer

The Public Relations Handbook

Crisis Communications

A Writing Process Workbook for the Profession

A l is on T he a k e r, College of St Mark & St. John, UK

A Casebook Approach

Ro na ld D . S m it h, Buffalo State College, USA

Becoming a Public Relations Writer 3rd edition guides you through the writing process for public relations practice. It leads you through the various steps and stages of writing, and helps you explore many formats and styles necessary to public relations writers. Using straightforward, no-nonsense language, realistic examples, easy-to-follow steps and practical exercises, this text introduces the various types of public relations writing you will encounter as a public relations practitioner. A focus on ethical and legal issues is woven throughout, with examples and exercises addressing public relations as practiced by corporations, non-profit agencies, and other types of organizations both large and small. In addition, the book offers the most comprehensive list of public relations writing formats to be found anywhere— from the standard news release to electronic mail and other opportunities using a variety of technologies and media. 2007: 456pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6301-7: $55.00

Reconfiguring Public Relations Ecology, Equity and Enterprise D a vi d M cKi e, University of Waikato, New Zealand and D e ba sh i sh Mu ns hi, University of Waikato, New Zealand Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies An excellent counterpoint to the existing USoriented literature on this topic, this innovative and timely PR book is the first to address environmental questions within the context of global business. 2007: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39408-6: $150.00

Ka t hl e en Fe a r n - Ba n ks, University of Washington, Seattle, USA

Series: Media Practice

The Public Relations Handbook is a comprehensive and detailed introduction to the theories and practices of the public relations industry. It traces the history and development of public relations, explores ethical issues which affect the industry, examines its relationship with politics, lobbying organizations and journalism, assesses its professionalism and regulation and advises on training and entry into the profession. The Public Relations Handbook includes: •case studies, examples and illustrations from a range of campaigns from small and multinational corporations, local government and charities •specialist chapters on fnancial public relations, internal communications and marketing public relations •strategic overviews of corporate identity, globalization and evaluation

•over twenty illustrations from recent PR campaigns •a new chapter dealing with public relations for charities •a completely revised chapter on dealing with the internet effectively. 2007: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-42803-3: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42802-6: $41.95

2007: 408pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5772-6: $99.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-5773-3: $42.50

Interacting and Organizing Analyses of a Management Meeting Edited by Fr a nco i s C o ore n, Université de Montréal, Canada,

Employs the dual perspectives of organizational communication & language and social interaction (LSI) to analyze a series of board meetings in the film, Corporation: After Mr. Sam. For scholars, researchers, or students in organization management. 2007: 384pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4855-7: $99.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-4856-4: $37.50

NEW

Public Relations Metrics

3RD EDITION

Research and Evaluation

Applied Organizational Communication Theory and Practice in a Global Environment T ho m a s E . H a r r is, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa and M a rk D . N e l so n, University of Alabama, Northport 2007: 424pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5940-9: $145.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5941-6: $65.00

Crisis Communications presents case studies of organizational and individual problems that have the potential to become crises, and the communication responses to these situations. Helping professionals prepare for crises and develop communication

Series: Routledge’s Communication Series

•a thorough examination of ethics and professionalism

Series: Routledge’s Communication Series

Edited by Be t t e k e va n R ul e r, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands, A n a T k al a c Ver cic, University of Zagreb, Croatia and D e j an Ver cic Series: Routledge’s Communication Series Responding to the increasing need in academia and the public relations profession, this volume presents the current state of knowledge in public relations measurement and evaluation. The book brings together ideas and methods that can be used throughout the world, and scholars and practitioners from the United States, Europe, Asia, and Africa are represented. May 2008: 344pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6272-0: $110.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6273-7: $39.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

Strategic Management NEW

Making Strategy Work

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Business Improvement

Creative Strategic Organizing

Integrating Quality, Innovation, and Knowledge Management

The Transformative Power of Purpose

Ro dn e y Mc A da m, University of Ulster, UK and S hi re ly- A n n H a zl e tt, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK

A nd re w M a cLe n na n

Distinct from many traditional business improvement texts, this book is the first to fully integrate innovation, quality, and knowledge management.

Lively and direct, this work combines the rigour of academic research with the accessibility of practitioner-oriented texts. Focusing specifically on implementation rather than strategy development and planning, a wealth of pedagogic features, including textboxes, practical models and plans as well as extensive examples guide both MBA/DBA students and practising managers through this challenging yet essential subject.

Taking a broad scope, using international case studies from a range of settings, both private/public enterprises and closely relating the key components of business improvement rather than viewing them as an eclectic mix, the authors outline both the pros and cons of the subject as well as providing a wealth of pedagogical features. These include appendices of practical measurement tools and an extensive website offering support to lecturers through lecture plans and additional course materials and cases.

Departing from the more traditional themes of mainstream strategy books,l MacLennan brings the often neglected area of strategy implementation sharply into focus. Ranging from strategic focus to the detailed management of activities to implementation for competitive advantage, this book centres on a small number of process-based models that help managers to: •systematically break down high level conceptual planning to the concrete activities necessary for physical implementation

Discussing the subject at a suitable level, it explores the key current and emergent strands of business improvement, including: •quality management (quality and business excellence management)

•test their plans and generate the detail required to manage more effectively in complex organizations. Insightful and practical, with models supplemented throughout by summaries of key content issues and clear signposting to wider reading, this comprehensive and functional text provides a new approach to strategy implementation in a clear and easy to use format.

•innovation management (creativity and innovation management) •knowledge management (knowledge and process management). Enabling readers to make more informed choices in shaping business improvement efforts to meet their needs, this text is an invaluable resource for all students of innovation management, business improvement, and quality.

December 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38055-3: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38056-0: $44.95

February 2009: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-42846-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42847-7: $59.95

W i ll ia m E . S m i th, ODII and The George Washington University, USA Over the last two decades a major focus of organization theory has been on understanding the dynamic relationships between individuals, organizations and their environments. This interest in dynamics, illustrated by systems, chaos, and complexity theory, is recorded in the works of Ackoff, Senge, and Stacey. This focus offers a new viewpoint on holism for practising leaders and theorists today. Building on this interest, Smith’s original text presents a new philosophical lens for helping leaders see the advantages of a more holistic approach to improving organizations. Specifically he: •introduces the AIC (appreciation, influence, control) philosophy, model, and process of purpose-power relationships as a next step in the evolution of organization and systems theory •traces its roots and evolution in organization theory and indicates its actual and potential contribution to that field •translates the model into a transformative, strategic organizing process that can be used to organize at any level, in a way that will ensure the achievement of higher levels of purpose, at less cost and in less time than traditional organizational approaches. Developed and tested via his work for organizations including the World Bank, this revolutionary book will change the way organizations and individuals work. November 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39361-4: $135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39360-7: $39.95

NEW

Financialization and Strategy

2ND EDITION

Narrative and Numbers

Business Continuity Management, Second Edition

J u li e Fro ud, University of Manchester, UK, S uk hd e v J o ha l, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK, A d a m Le av e r, University of Manchester, UK and K ar e l W i ll ia m s, University of Manchester, UK

A Crisis Management Approach D om i ni c E l li ot t, University of Liverpool, UK, E t h né S wa r t z, Farleigh Dickinson University, New Jersey, USA and Br a hi m H e rb a ne, De Montfort University, UK

Presenting financial and market information on trajectory in an accessible way, this book provides a distinctive, critical social science account of management in large UK and US corporations, and it is a valuable resource for students, scholars and researchers of business, management, political economy and non-mainstream economics.

Since the publication of the first edition in 2002, interest in crisis management has been fuelled by a number of events, including 9/11. The first edition of this text was praised for its rigorous yet logical approach, and this is continued in the second edition, which provides a wellresearched, theoretically robust approach to the topic combined with empirical research in continuity management. New chapters are included on digital resilience and principles of risk management for business continuity. All chapters are revised and updated with particular attention being paid to the impact on smaller companies. New cases include: South Africa Bank, Lego, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter; small companies impacted by 9/11; and the New York City power outage of August 2003.

2006: 416pp eBook: 978-0-203-41494-1 Hb: 978-0-415-33417-4: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33418-1: $56.95

August 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-37108-7: $145.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37109-4: $44.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

NEW

Key Readings in Crisis Management

The Strategic Project Leader

Foresight

Systems and Structures for Prevention and Recovery

Mastering Service-Based Project Leadership

The Art and Science of Anticipating the Future D e n is Lov e ri dg e, University of Manchester, UK Denis Loveridge provides entrepreneurs, business leaders, investors, inventors, scientists, politicians, and many others with a succinct, integrated guide to understanding foresight studies and using them as means for strategy development. The text dispels the belief that anticipations are “mere guesswork,” and conveys the depth of thought needed, implicitly or explicitly, to understand human foresight. The book examines: •the role of foresight and its institutional counterpart in the modern world

Edited by D e ni s Sm i t h, University of Liverpool, UK and D o m in ic El li ot t, University of Liverpool, UK One of the first books of its kind in the subject area, this groundbreaking text brings together seminal papers in the area of crisis management and organizational theory. Covering this important field from both a theoretical and practical perspective, it features key readings from Karl Weick, Charles Perrow and many other luminaries of the field. 2006: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-31520-3: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31521-0: $52.95

•the epistemology underlying foresight

Mergers & Acquisitions

•the need to extend foresight activity into wider spheres, including sustainable development

A Critical Reader

•the role that foresight plays in planning processes (including scenario planning) Much of the material in the book is based upon the internationally known foresight course at the Manchester Business School’s Institute of Innovation Research (MIoIR) formerly PREST, which the author developed and directed from1999 to 2003. October 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39814-5: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39815-2: $44.95

FORTHCOMING

Global Supply Chain Management and International Logistics A l a n B r an ch The development of international trade is driven by international logistics and management and the provision of the global supply chain. The ultimate objective of global supply chain management is to link the market place, the distribution network, the manufacturing/processing/assembly process, and the procurement activity in such a way that customers are serviced at a higher level yet lower cost. Overall this has introduced a new breed of management in a computer literate environment operating in a global infrastructure. Addressing this complex topic, Alan Branch’s new book fulfils two clear objectives: •to provide a standard work on the subject written in lucid language and embracing all the ingredients of a notoriously complex subject with a strategic focus •to extol best practice and focus on all areas of the industrial and consumer sectors and their interface with changing international market needs, focusing on price sensitivity, product choice, speed of delivery, international standards, after sales flexibility, and reduced lead time. Until now, no book dedicated to international logistics and supply chain management had existed. Featuring numerous case studies and diagrams obtained from logistic operators, Branch’s book remedies this oversight and skilfully illustrates his ideas in practice. January 2009: 333pp Hb: 978-0-415-39844-2: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39845-9: $51.95

Edited by A n ne t t e Ri sb e rg, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark By drawing on classic research perspectives and placing them alongside more recent alternatives, this book provides readers with a focused yet farreaching introduction to the study of M&As. Each paper is set in context by editorial commentaries and reflects the important organizational and behavioural aspects which have often been ignored in the past. By providing this in-depth understanding of the mergers and acquisitions process, the reader understands, not only how and why mergers and acquisitions occur, but also the broader implications for organizations. The book is structured clearly into sections concerned with the issues that arise before, during and after the mergers and acquisitions process including motives and planning, partner selection, integration, employee experiences and communication. A unique collection of selected readings and contextualising commentary, this volume will greatly appeal to MBA and graduate students as well as experienced practitioners. 2006: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36460-7: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36461-4: $54.95

J ac k Fe rr a ro, Project Management Leadership Training, Manassas, VA In addition to overseeing projects, today’s managers are expected to provide creative input and use their leadership to foster an environment that can respond rather than react to changing parameters and fluctuating objectives. This volume enables managers to develop the competencies and skills essential to creative leadership. It offers a practical framework that enables them to take charge of their own career development, while embracing and mastering the role of strategy leader. This book explores the attitudes and behaviors that define successful leaders so as to provide project managers with actionable advice on how to grow their own leadership skills. 2007: 368pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8794-4: $79.95

NEW

Applied Game Theory and Strategic Behavior Il ha n K. G e ck il and P a t r ick L. A nd e rs on, both at Anderson Economic Group, East Lansing, Michigan Presenting topics from a practical point of view, Applied Game Theory and Strategic Behavior illustrates how game theory can be used to solve real problems in public policy and the business world. The book demonstrates the benefits of using strategic thinking that incorporates aspects of uncertainty about the behavior of other parties. It offers a rigorous definition of game theory with detailed descriptions of different forms of games, the context of game theory, and the basic assumptions of the theory. The book includes the application areas of business, management, government, and regulation, and provides MATLAB®, Simulink, and Excel codes to assist with more difficult calculations. November 2008 Hb: 978-1-58488-843-7: $79.95

NEW

Intellectual Capital and Knowledge Management

NEW

Procurement Systems A Cross-Industry Project Management Perspective D e re k Wa lk e r, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia and S t e ve Ro wl in so n, Hong Kong University Innovative and novel, this new book extends its coverage of the topic well beyond the conventional themes of project solicitation and proposal evaluation. Using extensive experience gathered over five years of teaching postgraduate courses Walker and Rowlinson build on Procurement Systems: A Guide to Best Practice in Construction to present a comprehensive and coherent volume that is invaluable to the wider project management community

Strategic Management of Knowledge Resources Fe de r ic a Ri cce r i, University of Padova, Italy Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies This book revolutionizes the measurement and management of knowledge resources in organizations by establishing the important link between organizational strategy and the intellectual capital of an organization. March 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40392-4: $140.00

January 2008: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-41605-4: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41606-1: $90.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT • INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

NEW

Co-opetition Strategy Theory, Experiments and Cases Edited by G io va nn i B . D a g ni no, University of Catania, Italy and E le n a Ro cco, University of Venice, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition The book examines the theories of co-opetition and follows this up with empirically based case studies as well as experimental evidence from the laboratory and will be of interest to those involved with strategic management.

Complexity, Learning and Organizations

Complexity, Organizations and Change

A Quantum Interpretation of Business

An Essential Introduction

Wa lt e r R.J . Ba e t s, Euromed-Marseille Ecole de Management, France This fascinating book argues for a new way of looking at the world and at human systems, companies or (Western) society as a whole. Walter R.J. Baets argues that we should let go of our drive to control, manage and organize, in order to be able to create an ideal environment for continuous learning, both for ourselves and for our collaborators. 2006: 228pp eBook: 978-0-203-94635-0 Hb: 978-0-415-38178-9: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38179-6: $55.95

October 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43898-8: $130.00

NEW

Complexity, Management and the Dynamics of Change

M ich a e l C . H a l l, University of Canterbury, New Zealand and W il li am s A ll a n, London Metropolitan University, UK Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility This is a groundbreaking volume which provides an accessible introduction to a key but neglected topic. It provides a readable account of the multidisciplinary research on innovation and relates the emerging theoretical framework to tourism. A clear conceptual framework is complemented by fifty boxes which provide a range of illustrative international case studies. This book will be useful guide for researchers and students of tourism studies, management and business and geography. April 2008: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-41404-3: $180.00

Complexity and Organization Readings and Conversations Edited by R ob e rt M a cin t os h, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, UK, D o na ld M ac le a n, University of Glasgow, UK, R a lp h S t a ce y, University of Hertfordshire, UK and D o ug la s Gr if f in, University of Hertfordshire, UK In the past decade, complexity-based thinking has exerted an increasing, yet somewhat controversial authority over management theory and practice. This has in some part been due to the influence of a number of high-profile articles and the not inconsiderable hype which has accompanied them. Another feature of the subject’s development has been the diversity of the origins of the thinking and the claims which have been made for it in terms of managerial and organizational implications. Complexity and Organization is the first text to bring this thinking together, presenting some of the most influential writing in the field, showing how the subject has developed and how it continues to influence managerial thinking.

2006: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-39502-1: $55.95

NEW

Tourism and Innovation

E l iza b e t h M cMi ll a n, Open University, UK

Complexity, Organizations and Change, available in paperback for the first time, describes and considers ideas and insights from complexity science and examines their use in organizations, especially in bringing about major organizational change. This key book explores how organizations, their design, the way they operate and, importantly, the people who co-create them, are thought of.

Challenges for Practice E li za be t h McM il la n, The Open University, UK In this profoundly important text, Elizabeth McMillan shows how the insights of complexity science can allow today’s managers to embrace the challenges and uncertainty of the twenty-first century, and successfully oversee organizational change and development. Complexity science refers to the study of complex adaptive systems. These can absorb information, learn and then intelligently adapt in response to environmental changes. This book brings these ideas into an important new arena by: •outlining the historical relationship between science and organizations •reviewing current perspectives on organizational change and best practice •citing real-life examples of the use of complexity science ideas •discussing issues which may arise when using ideas from complexity.

Complexity and the Experience of Values, Conflict and Compromise in Organizations Edited by Ra lp h St a ce y, University of Hertfordshire, UK and D o ug la s Gr i ff in, University of Hertfordshire, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Complexity and Management What role do values play in organizational life? How do they shape the efficiency and effectiveness of organizational change? This volume examines what we mean when we use the term values and what it means to act according to values in everyday life. March 2008: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-45726-2: $120.00

International Business FORTHCOMING 2ND EDITION

International Business Themes and Issues in the Modern Global Economy Debra Johnson and Colin Turner, University of Hull, UK February 2009: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-43763-9: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43764-6: $59.95

Written in an accessible style to bridge the gap from scientific theory to commercial applicability, this ground breaking text shows how organizations can become more effective, democratic and sustainable through complexity science. It is a key text for all students of business and management, and all practitioners working in the field. March 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41721-1: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41722-8: $49.95

2006: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-35240-6: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35241-3: $55.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

2ND EDITION

Understanding Emerging Markets

FORTHCOMING

European Business D e b ra J o hn so n, University of Hull, UK and C o li n Tu r n e r, University of Hull, UK Fully revised and updated, this new edition of an already well-established text is easy to use, engagingly written and contains a wealth of pedagogical features. Exploring the European business environment; paying particular attention to the role of member states and how Europe interacts with the rest of the world, the authors examine what is unique about the European business environment – integration how it has affected the strategy and behaviour of businesses with a European presence.

European Business 2nd edition is an essential read for all students of international business. Visit the Companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415351355 2006: 480pp eBook: 978-0-203-69692-7 Hb: 978-0-415-35134-8: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35135-5: $61.95

Routledge Companion to International Business Coaching Edited by M ich e l M o ra l, University of Paris VIII, France and Ge o ff re y A b bo t t, Institute of Executive Coaching, Australia An effective coach can help the business leader make sense of the challenges and complexities of modern international business, unlocking the potential of both leader and organization. This important new handbook offers the first comprehensive and detailed introduction to the theory and practice of international business coaching, drawing on the very latest academic research as well as real-world examples of international best practice.

International Business and Tourism Global Issues, Contemporary Interactions Edited by T i m C ol es , University of Exeter, UK and C. Mi cha e l H al l, University of Canterbury, New Zealand Series: Routledge International Series in Tourism, Business and Management Whether it’s bungee jumping in Queenstown or visiting the Guinness factory in Dublin, where we travel – and what we do when we get there - has changed significantly in the past twenty years. This innovative textbook explores what is possibly the most unrecognized of international service industries, placing tourism in the context of contemporary globalization and trade in services. It provides new perspectives on tourism as a form of international business, and the implications for firms, the state and individuals. Split into four separate sections, with introductions outlining the key themes in each, this book examines important topics such as: •the role of governance and regulation in tourism services •the effects of increased global mobility on tourism entrepreneurship •how tourism businesses are becoming internationalized •why other business sectors are increasingly interested in tourism. Case studies are used throughout to highlight important issues, from developments in the aviation industry to the rise of working holidays. This book gets to the core of a crucial service industry, and is essential reading for any researcher or student of tourism or international business. February 2008: 304pp eBook: 978-0-203-93103-5 Hb: 978-0-415-42430-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42431-8: $49.95

China and India P e te r E n de r wic k, University of Waikato, New Zealand Emerging markets (Ems) are the focus of increasing interest in the field of international business, as they provide significant challenges and great opportunities. Focusing on the dynamics of emerging markets, this informative book provides an academically rigorous yet business-oriented analysis of the key issues in this area and incorporates chapters on: •the nature of emerging markets

The book enables practitioners and students to understand: •the power and scope of coaching in the international environment

•market development

•how effective coaching can assist managers to have a greater impact

Providing an in-depth analysis of two of the most important Ems, China and India, this user-friendly text incorporates extensive case studies, boxed summaries, discussion questions and an extensive bibliography.

•how to select and implement coaching services within an organization

NEW

The Routledge Companion to International Business Coaching is essential reading for all trainee business coaches, all students of coaching theory and method, and for all business leaders looking to better understand the role of the modern business coach.

•integrating Ems in the global economy •implications for business strategy.

2007: 264pp eBook: 978-0-203-94068-6 Hb: 978-0-415-37084-4: $135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37085-1: $41.95

Competing in Emerging Markets

February 2009: 375pp Hb: 978-0-415-45875-7: $200.00

NEW

Cases and Readings

International Business and Global Climate Change A n s Ko lk, Amsterdam Graduate Business School, the Netherlands and J on at a n P i nk se, Amsterdam Graduate Business School, the Netherlands This text is a primer on international business and global climate change, introducing the topic and examining in-depth all business aspects in relation to recent policy-making Embedded in relevant management literature, it gives a comprehensive treatment of the different business responses to climate change and climate change policy, covering developments in policy and business activity on global, regional and national levels. Using examples and systematic data from a large number of international companies, the text explores market responses to climate change and developments in strategy, organization, marketing, policy, accounting and finance.

International Business and Global Climate Change is a concise illustration of how an environmental topic becomes strategically important in a mainstream sense, affecting corporate decision-making, business processes, products, reputation, advertising, communication, accounting and finance.

Edited by H e m an t Me r cha n t, Kaye College of Business, Florida Atlantic University, USA This groundbreaking book provides an essential set of readings and case studies that will facilitate a much-needed fundamental rethinking about drivers of successful as well as unsuccessful firm conduct in these markets, and about the role of sophisticated but (usually) poorlyserving Western theories and ideas regarding competition and competitive traps and successes.

Competing in Emerging Markets emphasizes both the unique challenges facing corporate managers who operate (or intend to operate) in Emerging markets, and the ways in which managers can efficiently and effectively respond to these competitive challenges. As one of the first comprehensive texts on this subject, Competing in Emerging Markets is certain to become a standard in the field. The case studies included in this book all have detailed teaching notes which are available to instructors who adopt the book for their courses. For these and other resources, log on to the book’s companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415399500 2007: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-39949-4: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39950-0: $59.95

October 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41552-1: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41553-8: $49.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

International Business Finance

3RD EDITION

8TH EDITION

M ich a e l C o nn ol ly, University of Miami, Florida

Understanding the World Economy

Elements of Shipping

This textbook introduces students to the fundamental workings of business and finance in the global economy. It brings clarity and focus to the complexities of the field and demonstrates the key linkages between the foreign exchange markets and world money markets.

To ny Cl e a ve r, University of Durham, UK

A l a n E d wa rd Br a nch

With globalization continuing apace, the world economy continues to experience dramatic change and development. This third edition builds on the popular format of its predecessors to provide the best concise guide to its subject for students of international economics.

Since it was first published in 1964, Elements of Shipping has become established as a market leader. Now this new edition has been entirely updated and revised to take in the many changes that have occurred in the shipping industry in recent years and the increased emphasis placed on professionalism, qualified personnel and the need for the latest available technology.

Core topics examined include: •corporate aspects of international finance, with special attention given to contractual and operational hedging techniques

2006: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-77106-1: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77105-4: $56.95

•the mechanics of the foreign exchange markets •the building blocks of international finance

Sport & Tourism: A Reader

•the optimal portfolio in an international setting.

Edited by Mi k e We e d, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK

Michael Connolly also provides up-to-date statistics from across the globe, relevant international case studies, problem sets and solutions and links to an online PowerPoint presentation.

This Reader provides comprehensive coverage of the scholarly literature in sports tourism. Divided into four parts, each prefaced by a substantial introduction from the editor, the Reader presents the key themes, state of the art research and new conceptual thinking, in sports tourism studies.

International Business Finance is an engaging and stimulating text for students in undergraduate and MBA courses in international finance and a key resource for lecturers.

2007: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-42687-9: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42688-6: $69.95

2006: 232pp eBook: 978-0-203-79932-1 Hb: 978-0-415-70152-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70153-2: $56.95

FORTHCOMING

Tourist Shopping Villages

FORTHCOMING

Forms and Functions

7TH EDITION

La ur i e Mu rp h y, James Cook University, Australia, P ie r re B en ck e nd or f f, James Cook University, Australia, Gi a nn a Mo sca r do, James Cook University, Australia and P hi li p P e a rc e, James Cook University, Australia

International Economics T he o E ich e r, University of Washington, J o hn H . M ut t i, Grinnell College, USA and M i che l le Tu r n ovs k y, University of Washington

With new chapters on seaports and electronic data interchange, it explains in a lucid, professional manner the basic elements of shipping embracing operating, e-commerce/computerization (shipboard/trade), commercial, legal, economic, technical, managerial, logistics and financial considerations. It also reflects recent major trends including the impact of globalization, current good practice and future trends. All twenty-two chapters have been updated and over half of the content is new. Filling a gap for the discerning reader who wishes to have a complete understanding of all the elements of the global shipping scene together with the interface with seaports, international trade and logistics, it remains essential reading for shipping executives along with students and academics with an interest in the shipping industry. 2007: 528pp eBook: 978-0-203-01308-3 Hb: 978-0-415-36285-6: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36286-3: $70.00

NEW 3RD EDITION

Now in its seventh edition, International Economics is a firm favourite amongst textbooks in the field. This fully revised and extensively updated volume has a two-colour internal design, is supported by an extensive online resource and offers three brand new chapters on exchange rate dynamics, financial crises and european monetary integration.

Series: Routledge Advances in Tourism

Maritime Economics

This landmark volume - based on a two year research program from a team of authors - examines the forms and functions of approximately fifty tourist shopping villages in Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada and the United States.

Second Edition

This comprehensive textbook is supplemented by key features which aid student learning, including: chapter summaries, learning objectives, an extensive glossary, end of chapter questions, suggestions for further reading and a variety of real world examples from around the globe - allowing the reader to understand both current event, policy proposals and apply theory to practice.

February 2009: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96527-9: $95.00

Now in its third edition, Maritime Economics provides a valuable introduction to the organization and workings of the global shipping industry. It is an excellent and up-to-date treatment of shipping as an economic activity.

FORTHCOMING

November 2008: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-27557-6: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27558-3: $75.00

The book provides coverage of recent developments including: •the impact of the latest World Trade talks in Hong Kong and the Doha Development Agenda •the impact of terrorism, natural disasters and war •financial derivatives •debt crises •debates within the European Monetary Union on capital flows Supplemented by a fully interactive companion website which offers resources for students and lecturers, this book will continue to be a vital resource for all students of international economics. May 2009: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-77285-3: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77286-0: $75.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Airline eCommerce Mi cha e l H a nk e, SkyHapi, Airline E-commerce Consulting and Services, USA Online travel is big business and has become one of the most popular items purchased by consumers on the internet. In 2005, US$106 billion was spent on online travel products and services with air travel alone accounting for over US$65 billion or 60%. This represents almost a quarter of the total worldwide business-to-consumer (B2C) online spending. Airline companies all over the world have integrated (or are in the process of doing so) electronic commerce or e-commerce into their business operations in various shapes and forms. Today, it is no longer a question for airline companies if they deal with e-commerce, but how to deal with ecommerce and leverage it to enhance their competitiveness. This book explores these issues.

M a r ti n St o pf o rd

National Currencies and Globalization Endangered Specie? P a u l B owl e s, University of Northern British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy This book provides an innovative and systematic analysis of the implications of theories of globalization for national currencies; and critically examines whether, as a result, the world is heading for fewer currencies. 2007: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-93337-4 Hb: 978-0-415-77427-7: $140.00

January 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77579-3: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77580-9: $59.95

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

International Business Geography Case Studies of Corporate Firms

The World Bank and Global Managerialism

P i e t Pe l le n ba r g, University of Groningen, the Netherlands and E g be r t We ve r, Utrecht University, the Netherlands

J on a t ha n Mu rp hy , Cardiff University, UK

C la u di o M or r is on, University of Warwick, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy

Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series

An original and insightful contribution to the literature on globalization, this book develops and clearly illustrates, using the World Bank (a major agent of the new global managing élite) as a case study, the concept of a new ‘global managerialism’ and its impact on business across the world.

Based on extensive factory-level fieldwork research, this book charts the experiences of a textile enterprise in Russia during the 1990s, analyzing post-Soviet management and managerial practices in order to illuminate the content, nature and direction of industrial restructuring in the Russian privatized sector during the years of economic transition.

Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy Of interest to a range of disciplines within business and management, economics and geography, this book, written by eminent scholars, explores changes in the international economic environment, their impacts on the strategy of firms and the spatial consequences of these changes in strategy. 2007: 304pp eBook: 978-0-203-93920-8 Hb: 978-0-415-42919-1: $150.00

NEW

A Russian Factory Enters the Market Economy

2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-93619-1 Hb: 978-0-415-41269-8: $160.00

2007: 256pp eBook: 978-0-203-94143-0 Hb: 978-0-415-41878-2: $150.00

Deregulation and the Airline Business in Europe

NEW

S e a n B a rr e tt, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

International Management and Language S u sa n ne T ie t ze, Nottingham Trent University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy The first book to thoroughly address the issue of management and language from a rigorous academic perspective, International Management and Language takes an international approach to the subject, covering several countries in detail as well as examining the entire topic from an international perspective. July 2008: 240pp eBook: 978-0-203-92935-3 Hb: 978-0-415-40393-1: $130.00

Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy Written by a longstanding expert in the field, this book examines the deregulation of the airline industry and the rise of low cost airline, specifically the success of Ryanair as a key case study. March 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44722-5: $140.00

NEW

Economic Policy Proposals for Germany and Europe Edited by R on a ld S che t t k a t, Bergische University, Wuppertal, Germany and J och e m La ng k a u, Frederich-Ebert Stiftung, Bonn, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy

NEW

M ur r a y Ke m p, University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia

This book offers a fresh, innovative analysis of contemporary German economic policy, containing essays from non-Germanic, internationally distinguished economists from around the world, arguing for a more expansionary macroeconomic policy.

Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy

March 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46084-2: $150.00

International Trade Theory: A Critical Review

A collection of essays on contemporary international trade, this book critiques the major theoretical components; including the Ricardian principle of comparative advantage and the recently developed normative analysis of international transfers. July 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43765-3: $150.00

NEW

Petroleum Taxation Sharing the Oil Wealth: a Study of Petroleum Taxation Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow C a ro le N a k h le, University of Surrey, UK Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy This book provides a framework of economic analysis which both governments and the petroleum industry can draw upon in their negotiation of fiscal terms that offer a fair and just basis of wealth allocation and encourage balanced oil field development.

NEW

The Impact of European Integration on Regional Structural Change and Cohesion Edited by C h ri st i a ne Kr i e ge r- Bo de n, Kiel Institute for the World Economy, Germany, E dg a r M or ge n ro th, Economic and Social Research Institute, Dublin, Ireland and G eo r ge P e t r ak o s, University of Thessaly, Greece Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy Edited by three European editors and spanning across Europe, this excellent study focuses on the effects of the European integration process on the inter-regional division of labour in both western and Eastern European countries. June 2008: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-40024-4: $130.00

Economic Power and Economic Strategy in Russia Edited by P e et e r Vah t r a, Turku School of Economics, Finland Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series In recent years the power relationship between business and the state in Russia has moved strongly in favour of the state, with the state increasingly involved in Russia’s leading business sectors and with increasing state ownership in key industries. This book surveys these important changes and assesses their significance. March 2009: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45312-7: $160.00

FORTHCOMING

Management of International Business Networks E ma n ue l a To de va, University of Surrey, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Business Organizations and Networks Fully updated and revised, this second edition builds upon the foundations of business network theory introduced in Business Networks: Strategy and Structure. May 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36839-1: $150.00

FORTHCOMING

The Internationalisation of Competition Rules Br en da n J . S we e ne y, Monash University, Australia Series: Routledge-Cavendish Research in International Commercial Law The widespread move towards more market-driven models of political economy combined with the expanding internationalisation of commerce has led to a series of proposals for global competition rules. This book investigates whether there is a rational foundation for pursuing international competition rules, and what form these laws should take. March 2009: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-46079-8: $135.00

June 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43379-2: $130.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

NEW

Cross-Cultural Management

4TH EDITION

Law of International Business

Edited by T im G . A nd re ws and R ic ha rd Me a d

Competition Law and Policy in the EC and UK

Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and Management

Ba r r y R od ge r, Strathclyde University, UK and A ng us Ma cC u ll och, University of Lancaster, UK

A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Perspectives on Business and Management, this is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research on cross-cultural management.

Competition law, at both the EC and UK levels, plays an important and ever-increasing role in regulating the conduct of businesses. Based on the premise that open and fair competition is good for both consumers and businesses, competition law prevents businesses from entering into anticompetitive agreements and from abusing their dominant market position.

October 2008: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-44340-1: $1043.00

NEW

Business Networks in Clusters and Industrial Districts the Governance of the Global Value Chain Edited by Fi or e nza B e lu ss i, University of Padova, Italy and A l e ss ia S a m ma r r a, University of Lâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;Aquila, Italy Series: Regions and Cities How do we define and identify districts and clusters? How do they evolve? How do clusters and districts relate to the global economy? What policy options are available to promote them in east and west economies? This collection of papers from international experts includes theoretical and empirical contributions examining these questions and offering deep insights into the internal-external mechanism of knowledge circulation and learning.

This fourth edition has been revised and updated to take into account developments since publication of the previous edition, including expanded coverage of IP issues and extended discussion of UK Competition Law.

This book examines the development of big business in Russia since the early 1990s, explaining how postSoviet enterprises, many of which made little sense as business units, were restructured into functional firms. It includes detailed case studies of three leading companies: Yukos Oil Company, Russian Aluminium and Norilsk Nickel.

Development on the Ground

Edited by two leading scholars, this volume brings together a range of contributions that analyze and explain distinct patterns of regional development, and the successes and failures in this regard, across the world.

S im o n B a ug he n, University of Bristol, UK

M a r k Ha n so n, University of California, Riverside, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics 2007: 192pp eBook: 978-0-203-94554-4 Hb: 978-0-415-77116-0: $140.00

Remaking Regional Economies Power, Labor, and Firm Strategies in The Knowledge Economy S u sa n C hr i st op he r s on, Cornell University, New York, USA and Je n ni f e r C l a r k, Georgia Institute of Technology Series: Routledge Studies in Economic Geography

International Trade and Business Law Review: Volume XI

Urban Regeneration Management International Perspectives Edited by J o hn D ia m on d, Edge Hill University, UK, J oy ce Lid dl e, A l a n S o ut he r n, University of Liverpool, UK and P h il ip Os e i, Development Partners and Management International, Ltd.

Edited by Ga b r ie l Mo e ns, Murdoch University, Perth, Australia and Ro ge r J o ne s, Latham and Watkins LLP, Chicago, USA

This book analyzes the regeneration management process, locating the issues within both local and international perspectives. It provides a review of the theoretical literature on globalization with specific examples from across the globe.

The International Trade and Business Law Review publishes leading articles, comments and case notes, as well as book reviews dealing with international trade and business law, arbitration law, foreign law and comparative law. It provides the legal and business communities with information, knowledge and understanding of recent developments in international trade, business and international commercial arbitration.

February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45193-2: $140.00

March 2008: 464pp Pb: 978-0-415-44245-9: $99.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

See Order Form on Page 72

Yu k o A d a chi, Sophia University, Japan Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies

Economic Development, Education and Transnational Corporations

NEW

FORTHCOMING

ORDER NOW!

The Impact of Informal Corporate Governance Practices

International Trade and the Protection of the Environment

2007: 576pp Hb: 978-1-84568-009-1: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44810-9: $65.95

2007: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77118-4: $170.00

Building Big Business in Russia

September 2008: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46339-3: $150.00

Analyzing globalization and the increasing tension it has caused between the goals of free trade and environmental protection, International Trade and the Protection of the Environment provides a comprehensive and detailed legal analysis, both at the national and international level of what looks set to become the new legal order of the twenty-first century.

Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

September 2008: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-383-8: $170.00

NEW

November 2008: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-45784-2: $100.00

Edited by A l le n J. S cot t, University of California, USA and Gi oa cch i no Ga ro f ol i, University of Insubria, Italy

Familiarizing students with negotiating techniques for international contracts, this concise volume is the perfect introduction and handy reference to international business law.

Competition Law and Policy in the EC and UK looks at how competition law affects business, including: co-ordinated actions; pricing behaviour; take-overs and mergers; and state subsidies. It provides a clear guide to and outline of the general policies behind, and the main provisions of EC and UK competition law. Information is presented within a structured framework, complete with a glossary of useful terminology.

August 2008: 468pp Hb: 978-0-415-45848-1: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45847-4: $40.00

Clusters, Networks and Regions in Emerging Economies

C h a rl e s C h a t te r j ee Written in an accessible and non-technical style, this text is an important guide to international business law. It will benefit lawyers and businesses, students and researchers alike.

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

Regional autonomy in the global economy is a myth: regional economies and regional fortunes are shaped by a transational firm agenda to drive down costs while accessing skilled, flexible labor in and across regions. 2007: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-35743-2: $150.00

www.routledge.com/business

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS • ASIAN BUSINESS

NEW

International Migration and Knowledge

Sustainable Tourism Futures

A l la n W il li a ms, London Metropolitan University, UK and Vl ad im i r Ba l áž, Slovak Academy of Science, Slovakian Republic Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography Challenges pre-conceived views and argues the need to understand that all international migrants are potentially knowledge carriers and learners, and that they play an essential role in the globalization of knowledge transactions. July 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43492-8: $150.00

Contemporary Corporate Strategy

The Changing Face of Management in South East Asia

Perspectives on Systems, Restructuring and Innovations S t e fa n Gö ss l in g, Lund University, Sweden, Mi ch a el H a ll, University of Canterbury, New Zealand and D a vi d B . Wea ve r, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Advances in Tourism There are increasing concerns over the relationship between tourism and sustainable development. Sustainable Tourism Futures re-assesses the sustainability paradigm and outlines the ways in which sustainable tourism is possible, offering key insights into the fundamental shifts in operations, systems and philosophies that need to take place. October 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-99619-8: $95.00

Global Perspectives Edited by Jo hn S a e e, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy This book represents an eclectic collection of international research articles and empirical studies on corporate strategy, intended to equip readers with the latest knowledge to understand its theoretical and operational complexity. 2007: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-38595-4: $135.00

NEW

Handbook of Consumer Research in Tourism Theory & Research M e t in Koz ak, Mugla University, Turkey and A l ai n D e cr op, University of Namur, Belgium Routledge Advances in Tourism In today’s highly competitive and global economy, understanding tourist behavior is imperative to success. Tourist behavior has become a cornerstone of any marketing strategy and action. This book provides an overview of such processes and influences and explains the concepts and theories that underlie tourist decision making and behavior. October 2008: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99360-9: $140.00

NEW

The Advanced Econometrics of Tourism Demand S t e ph en F. W it t, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Ga n g L i, University of Surrey and H ai ya n S on g, Hong Kong Polytechnic University Series: Routledge Advances in Tourism Tourism demand is the foundation on which all tourism-related business decisions ultimately rest. This book introduces students, researchers and practitioners to the modern developments in advanced econometric methodology within the context of tourism demand analysis and illustrates these developments with actual tourism applications. September 2008: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-99120-9: $95.00

Managing and Marketing Tourist Destinations Strategies to Gain a Competitive Edge M e t in Koz ak, Mugla University, Turkey Series: Routledge Advances in Tourism Without adequate research and management, the potential impacts and benefits of tourism and travel services will not be maximised. This volume evaluates the theoretical approaches and applications to competitive advantage within tourist destinations and demonstrates the ways to further develop the concept of destination competitiveness. December 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99171-1: $95.00

Edited by C hr i s R ow le y, Cass Business School, London University, UK and S a a id a h A b du l- R ah m a n, Independant Researcher Series: Working in Asia This important new volume overviews the development of South East Asian management practices, focusing on human resource management (HRM) as an indicator and measure of change. Written by prominent scholars of the region, the book focuses on reform in the human resource (HR) managerial domain, documenting recent changes and assessing current practices from both macro and micro perspectives. A consistent structure and content is used throughout, with each chapter incorporating “real life“ local organisational and manager case studies, plus vignettes to give ‘voice’ to practitioners and developments. This is essential reading for anybody with an interest in management, HR or the political, social, cultural and economic profiles of the countries of South East Asia. 2007: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-40544-7: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40543-0: $51.95

NEW

The Changing Face of Management in Thailand Edited by T i m A nd re ws, Strathclyde University, UK and S u nu nt a S ie n gt ha , Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand Series: Working in Asia Uniquely drawing on first hand experience of front line managers from a range of industries, this exciting new text provides students, practitioners and educators with an in-depth examination of the practice of management in Thailand amid the widespread political, economic and social changes of the past decade.

Asian Business FORTHCOMING

The Changing Face of Management in China Edited by C h ri s Ro wle y University of London, UK and F a ng Le e C oo ke, University of Manchester, UK Series: Working in Asia

NEW

The main aim of this book is to examine a range of areas of Chinese management in the context of the local political, economic and social traditions and the global economy. According to some commentators, some elements of management are universal while other aspects are unique to a given context. Moreover, much of what we know about Chinese management today is drawn from studies conducted with quantitative methods and at macro level. Less is known of managers in China in managing specific issues at work. This book adds to the existing body of knowledge by analysing current key strategic as well as functional areas and issues facing Chinese managers trying to compete more effectively in the global market. In addition, the “voice” of local managers will be heard.

An up-to-the-minute review of both the macro and micro context, it takes into account Thailand’s continued rise from the epicentre of the Asian economic crisis and its position as the country of choice for an operational base for global corporations. Filling the current vacuum of titles on this important topic with excellent articles by a host of prominent academics in the field, this is a timely and much needed textbook on the everyday challenges of management practice in Thailand. December 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44331-9: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44332-6: $49.95

January 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46333-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46332-4: $54.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ASIAN BUSINESS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

The Changing Face of People Management in India

The Changing Face of Women Managers in Asia

Chinese Business Enterprise

Edited by P a wa n S. Bu dh wa r, Aston Business School, UK and J yo t sn a Bh a tn a ga r, Management Development Institute, India

Edited by C hr i s R owl e y, Cass Business School, London University, UK and V im ol wa n Yuk on gd i, Central Queensland University, Australia

H a n s H e n dr is ch ke, University of New South Wales, Australia

Series: Working in Asia

Addressing the dearth of reliable literature on this subject, the contributions examine a wide selection of issues in the changing face of Indian HRM systems.

The Asian economies covered by this up-to-date collection have undergone rapid economic transformation. Until now, most research on contemporary women managers has been drawn from studies conducted in developed countries. Covering case studies in China, Hong Kong, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand and Vietnam, this book uses different perspectives to examine the constraints, opportunities and challenges for women managers in the Asian context and presents an update on their progress in management.

These include: •strategic HRM •the changing nature of employee relations and labour laws •talent management •human resource information systems •interventions like six sigma and HR processes

August 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43766-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43767-7: $49.95

•changing psychological contract in different types of organizations. A detailed and thorough examination of the current state of HRM in India, the expected future landscape and coming challenges, this book is a key resource for all those working and studying in the areas of HRM and International Business.

NEW

Chinese Business Landscapes and Strategies

February 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43186-6: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43187-3: $49.95

H on g L iu, University of Manchester, UK

NEW

The Changing Face of Korean Management Edited by C h ri s Ro wle y, Cass Business School, London University, UK and Yon g su n P a ik, Loyola Marymount University, Los Angeles, USA Series: Working in Asia Rowley and Paik focus on a country that is predicted by some experts to be the world’s third richest by 2025. South Korea, with its thriving telecommunications and automotive industries, and increasing trade links with China, survived the 1997 Asian Economic Crisis better than most. This important textbook explores the key areas of management within this pivotal country in the region, including: •Human Resource Management

This key book provides a comprehensive, practical guide to business in China, featuring both theoretical/ academic and practical perspectives. With a strong focus on the ways in which language, traditional thought and stratagem culture influence how Chinese do business, this book offers a complete view of industry structures and the competitive landscape, thus providing a framework for Western companies to develop successful business and marketing strategies. Broad-ranging and informative, Chinese Business: Landscapes and Strategies can be used as a textbook for undergraduates and postgraduates at business schools, as well as a reference book for those on senior executive programmes and for consultation on particular aspects of business in China. September 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40308-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40309-2: $51.95

•Marketing •Operations •Finance

An Introduction

Chinese Business Enterprise examines practical business and management issues in the context of China’s changing institutional framework and the internationalization of China’s economy. The author explains the general operating environment for business enterprises in China and examines issues such as the reforms to the Chinese economy, increased marketization, foreign trade and business services, as well as different forms of business enterprise (state-owned, private, etc.) With a series of case studies examining core business functions such as research and development, operations management, production, distribution, marketing and human resources within the Chinese context, this book provides a valuable guide to the main operational areas of business enterprise in China including both domestic and foreign funded enterprises. December 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-24949-2: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-24950-8: $43.95

Comparative Corporate Governance in China Political Economy and Legal Infrastructure G ua n gh ua Yu, The University of Hong Kong. An insightful overview of the political, legal and social perspectives which inform corporate governance in China, this book examines the challenges of corporate governance faced by Chinese corporations and international corporations operating in China. It explores a range of issues and their role in corporate governance models, including: •executive compensation •takeover markets •the securities market •insolvency issues •venture capital market Examining the current climate and making the case that comparative corporate governance studies have significant policy implications for China’s transitional economy, Yu has put together a book that is a valuable resource for students and those working in Asian business, corporate governance and commercial law. 2007: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40306-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40307-8: $53.95

•Strategy •Overseas affiliates •Small firms and entrepreneurship •Women Including case studies and interviews with front line Korean managers to enable a real ‘voice’ to emerge, and written by native academics, this is a complete analysis of the current state of management structures in South Korea. It is important reading for all students of business and management and Asia. August 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77400-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77401-7: $49.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ASIAN BUSINESS

Globalization and the Indian Economy

NEW

3RD EDITION

Private Equity in Asia

Doing Business in China

J ul ia n Ro ch e, Corporate Finance Trainer/Consultant and UN Expert on Commodities UNCTAD Risk Management Division, Singapore

C h a o Xi, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK, M or g e n W i tz el, Exeter University School of Business and Economics, UK and T i m A m bl er, London Business School, UK Aimed specifically at Western and non-Chinese business and managers, this book offers a framework for understanding Chinese business culture along with a guide for acquiring further knowledge on China. This new edition builds on the strengths of the first two editions. With new case studies, updated discussion of the evolving marketplace and its interactions with government and a new chapter on business law, Doing Business in China will continue to be the number one resource for students of international business and management studies and practitioners with an eye on China. October 2008: 304pp eBook: 978-0-203-94649-7 Hb: 978-0-415-43631-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43632-8: $39.95

This revealing book is a comprehensive review of the motivation behind, the course of, and the successes and failures of private equity/venture capital in Asia. It evaluates investments by country and sector, examining the firms, the investments they have made, how they have performed, how they are viewed by government, what regulation is like and what the sector has contributed to the regional economy. A comparison with the USA and Europe as well as other developing economies puts Asian venture capital into a global perspective. The first volume to give a comprehensive overview of private equity in the region, Julian Roche’s book takes an evaluative approach to the sector’s successes and failures, and as such makes for a valuable resource for postgraduates and professionals in the areas of Asian business, venture capital and international business. November 2008: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-36237-5: $135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36238-2: $44.95

FORTHCOMING

Managers and Mandarins in Contemporary China

NEW

The Building of an International Business

The Region’s Decisive Decade

Ta ng J ie, University of London, UK

M al co lm C o ok, Lowy Institute for International Policy, Sydney, Australia

Immersing herself in the day-to-day operation of a major construction project in China, Jia Tang explores the question as to whether the way in which Chinese management handles conflict is fundamentally different to elsewhere or much the same. January 2009: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-36364-8:

$39.95

FORTHCOMING

The Future of Asian Trade and Growth

Banking Reform in Southeast Asia

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Providing a detailed account of the history of banking reform in Southeast Asia, this book analyzes the major developments in the global economic system over the past three decades, including the globalization of finance, the debt crisis of the 1980s and the 1997-1998 Asian financial crisis. May 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-41319-0: $150.00

Edited by Lin da Yu e h, Oxford University, UK

NEW

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

Financial System and Institutions in China

March 2009 Hb: 978-0-415-36811-7:

$150.00

G u Yan g, Roehampton University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia During the ongoing economic reform process in China there have been huge developments within the financial sector. Yang gives a comprehensive overview of the current state of China’s financial system and its institutions. December 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-27231-5: $150.00

Roadmap to a Convertible Rupee S at ye n dr a S . N a ya k, Independent Advisor/Consultant Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia This book examines the impact of globalization on the Indian economy, exploring the trade, investment and financial aspects of globalization, and also considering its implications for the balance of payments and currency exchange rate. 2007: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44739-3: $160.00

India’s Emerging Financial Market A Flow of Funds Model To m oe M oo re, Coventry University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia In the early 1990s, financial liberalization started in India, and it was thought that such reforms would increase economic growth. This book is the first study to comprehensively apply the flow of funds model for India. 2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-93441-8 Hb: 978-0-415-43409-6: $170.00

Innovation and Business Partnering in Japan, Europe and the United States Edited by Ru t h Ta pl in, Centre for Japanese and East Asian Studies, London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Innovation studies and partnering/collaborative alliances are rapidly growing areas of interest. Originally combining these two areas, this book examines the role of business partnering as a pathway to innovation for small and medium enterprises (SMEs). 2006: 176pp eBook: 978-0-203-96820-8 Hb: 978-0-415-40287-3: $150.00

NEW

Trade Unions in Asia Edited by J oh n B e ns on, University of South Australia and Yin g Z h u, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Offering a comprehensive account of the role played by trade unions in Asia, this book focuses on the strategies they have adopted to represent workers, and discusses the issues surrounding wages and working conditions, health and safety, women’s employment opportunities and human resource development. May 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41007-6: $170.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ASIAN BUSINESS

China’s Post-Reform Economy Achieving Harmony, Sustaining Growth

FORTHCOMING

NEW

India’s Emerging Multinationals

Chinese Big Business in Indonesia

N a ge s h Ku m a r, Research and Information System for Developing Countries, New Delhi, India

The State of Capital

Series: Routledge International Business in Asia

Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia

Examining the rise of Indian multinationals in the context of India’s growing prominence as a source of outward investment, this book, based on quantitative data from over 4000 enterprizes and detailed case studies from key industries, highlights the emerging multinational corporations and traces their rise to global prominence.

This book examines the political economy of Chinese big business in Indonesia. It assesses the state of capital before, during and since the financial and political crisis of 1997 and provides unique insights into how the state-business relationships have evolved since the fall of Suharto.

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

February 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45074-4: $150.00

2007: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43432-4: $170.00

Women and Labour Organizing in Asia

FORTHCOMING

C hr is t ia n C hu a, Deutsche Bank, Germany

June 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40286-6: $150.00

FORTHCOMING

Multinationals and Cross-Cultural Management

Diversity, Autonomy and Activism

Edited by Ri cha rd S a nd e r s, University of Northampton, UK and C he n Ya ng, University of Northampton, UK

This book discusses the very latest issues relating to China’s remarkable economic growth. It provides comprehensive coverage of them, including economic, political-economic, environmental and philosophical questions.

Multinationals, Globalisation and Indigenous Firms in China

The Transfer of Knowledge Within Multinational Corporations

Edited by Ka ye B roa d be n t, Griffith University, Australia and Mi ch e le Fo rd, University of Sydney, Australia

P a r is sa H a gh ir i a n, Sophia University, Japan

Series: ASAA Women in Asia

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

Series: Routledge International Business in Asia

Providing a full account of the role of women in union activism in Asia, covering all the major economies of the region, this book successfully challenges the prevailing conception of women workers in Asia as passive and uninterested in industrial issues.

This book considers the impact of multinational companies in China on the Chinese economy and on indigenous Chinese firms. It includes detailed case studies of Boeing, Wal-Mart and Coca-Cola, considering their activities at the global level and within China, and case studies of the sectors in which these firms operate.

This book examines cross-cultural management within multinational enterprises (MNEs), focusing especially on how cultural differences influence the transfer of knowledge between different units within individual corporations. It argues that improving cross-cultural management should focus less on upgrading technology, and more on the capabilities and beliefs of individual employees.

2007: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-41315-2: $150.00

January 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45190-1: $150.00

Multinational Corporations and the Emerging Network Economy in Asia and the Pacific

March 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44931-1: $150.00

Ageing in Asia

C h un ha n g L iu, China Banking Regulatory Commission, Beijing, People’s Republic of China

NEW

Telecommunications in China Organising Broadband Access and Competition

Asia’s Position in the New Global Demography

Edited by J ua n J . P a la ci os, University of Guadalajara, Mexico

Edited by R og e r Go od ma n, University of Oxford, UK and S a r ah H a r pe r, Oxford Institute of Ageing, UK

Series: PAFTAD (Pacific Trade and Development Conference Series)

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

The volume takes four key themes related to ageing and examines how these issues are emerging in different regions of Asia, specifically, the former Soviet Union, South Asia, China, Japan and SouthEast Asia. 2007: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-44583-2: $160.00

Multinational Corporations and the Emerging Network Economy in Asia and the Pacific delves into the ongoing rise of a global economy anchored in a web of inter-firm production networks and the role played by multinational corporations in the process. 2007: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-43332-7: $160.00

October 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44938-0: $150.00

Workers, Women and Migrants Confront Neoliberalism

China’s Multinationals - The Resource Sector

Edited by D e bd a s B a ne r j ee, Institute of Development Studies Kolkata (IDSK), University of Calcutta, India and M ic ha e l G ol df i e ld, Wayne State University, US

H ua i chu a n R ui, Brunel University, Bristol, UK

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia This book explores the impact of neoliberal globalization on labour markets and the state in the developed and developing world. It focuses especially on the United States and the economies of Asia – in particular, India.

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

This book examines the structure of the telecommunications market in China and the regulatory regime which underpins it, and argues for changes in the regulatory regime in order to stimulate better market-led development going forward, in particular the transition to broadband networks.

FORTHCOMING

Labor, Globalization and the State

2007: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44923-6: $180.00

Z h on g L iu, George Mason University, USA

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy This book examines the foreign direct investment activities of China’s multinationals, focusing in particular on the resource sector - that is by firms involved in oil, gas, mining, metal and other resource-based industries - which accounts for a large proportion of China’s overall foreign direct investment activities. March 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45508-4: $150.00

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

The Chinese Banking Industry Lessons from History for Today’s Challenges Yu a nyu a n P e n g, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy Bringing a vast amount of material to a Western audience for the first time, this book provides a detailed systematic micro-level analysis of the historical development of the Chinese banking industry, analyzing the key issues in the development of the Bank of China in the period 1905 to 1949. 2007: 216pp eBook: 978-0-203-96223-7 Hb: 978-0-415-42347-2: $150.00

www.routledge.com/business

ASIAN BUSINESS

NEW

Paying for Progress in China

Global R&D in China

The Chinese Steel Industry

Public Finance, Human Welfare and Changing Patterns of Inequality

Edited by Yif e i S un, California State University Northridge, USA, Ma x v on Z e dt wi tz, Tsinghua University, China and D e ni s Fre d Si m on, Neil D. Levin Graduate Institute, New York, USA

Government Policy and Competitiveness Build-Up P e i S un, Nottingham University Business School, UK Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy With China being the world’s largest producer and consumer of the steel industry, this book provides a systematic examination of its development in the industry since the late 1980s. August 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41877-5: $150.00

FORTHCOMING

Industrial Innovation in China

Edited by V ivi e nn e S hu e, St Anthony’s College, University of Oxford, UK and C h ri st i ne Won g, University of Washington, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary China China’s stunning record of economic development since the 1970s has been marred by an increasingly obvious gap between the country’s “haves” and its “have-nots.” This collection traces the causes of this growing inequality, using new data including surveys, interviews, newly available official statistics and in-depth fieldwork. 2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-96197-1 Hb: 978-0-415-42254-3: $150.00

The volume focuses on the issue of globalization of research and development (R&D) in China. 2007: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-41851-5: $140.00

NEW

Fiscal Decentralization and Local Public Finance in Japan N ob uk i Mo chi da, University of Tokyo, Japan Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Emerging Challenges and New Issues Edited by De n is Fre d S im o n, Neil D. Levin Graduate Institute, New York, USA

NEW

Series: Routledge Contemporary China

Hainan - State, Society and Business in a Chinese Province

This book is suitable for all those who want to understand the role and performance of Japan’s central and local fiscal relations as an integral part of resource allocation, stabilization and redistribution function of the public sector since the post bubble economy.

Kj e ld E ri k Br od sg a a rd, Copenhagen Business School Asia Research Centre, Denmark

August 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43746-2: $140.00

This book examines industrial innovation in China. Each chapter tackles a different aspect of industrial innovation, including research and development, intellectual property, technological adaptation and government policy. It addresses the crucial question of whether China has embarked on a path that will lead it to becoming a true technological superpower. March 2009: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77610-3: $135.00

FORTHCOMING

Law for Foreign Business and Investment in China Va i I o Lo, Bond University, Australia and X ia o we n T ia n, Bond University, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary China This book provides an up-to-date overview of the legal framework for doing business in China. It covers topics such as state structure, legislation, the court system, the legal profession, business entities, foreign investment enterprises, contracts, intellectual property, labour and employment law, consumer protection, taxation, securities, and dispute resolution. March 2009: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-45320-2: $170.00

FORTHCOMING

Series: China Policy This book examines the complex relationship between the state, society and business in China, focusing on the experience of the island province of Hainan. It provides detailed evidence of how relations between party cadres, state bureaucrats, businesses, foreign investors and civil society play out in practice in China today. October 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46033-0: $160.00

P et e r vo n S t a de n, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia This is a much needed exploration on the relationship between government and business in pre-war Japan, making an important contribution to the literature by considering periods which have often been neglected by scholars.

FORTHCOMING

Public Procurement in China A Long March Towards Integration into the Global Trading System P in g Wa ng, University of Nottingham, UK

2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-94567-4 Hb: 978-0-415-39903-6: $150.00

NEW

Series: China Policy Owing to its massive state sector, public procurement in China is a critical element of public policy and is increasingly important in international trade negotiations. This book examines China’s public procurement regime, exploring the current legal framework, its development since 1978, and assessing the impact of WTO membership. October 2009: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46276-1: $135.00

A Japanese Joint Venture in the Pacific Foreign Bodies in Tinned Tuna Ka t e Ba rcl a y, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary Japan The Japanese, and other Asians, are increasingly taking over some of the roles previously played by Europeans in the Pacific Islands. This book considers the role of the Japanese in the Solomon Islands, focusing especially on a joint venture between the Japanese multinational Maruha Corporation and the Solomon Islands’ government.

Management Training and Development in China

NEW

Edited by Ma lc ol m Wa r ne r, University of Cambridge, UK and Ke i t h G oo da l l, University of Cambridge, UK

Chinese Entrepreneurship in a Global Era

Series: Routledge Contemporary China

Edited by R a ym on d S i n- Kwo k Wo ng, University of California, Santa Barbara

One of the critical issues facing both the Chinese government and businesses operating in China is the lack of trained managers. The pace of Chinese economic growth has outstripped the ability of the labour market to supply much needed managerial talent. This book examines the Chinese response to these challenges.

Series: Chinese Worlds

March 2009: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-41331-2: $150.00

Business-Government Relations in Prewar Japan

February 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43435-5: $160.00

Through a collection and juxtaposition of various case studies, this volume offers a wide-ranging exploration and evaluation of Chinese entrepreneurship in contemporary Asian contexts. June 2008: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46218-1: $150.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ASIAN BUSINESS • CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BUSINESS ETHICS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

NEW

A New Japan for the Twenty-First Century

Capitalist Development in Korea

Multinationals, Technology and Localization in Automotive Firms in Asia

Labour, Capital and the Myth of the Developmental State

An Inside Overview of Current Fundamental Changes and Problems

D ae - o up C ha n g, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

Edited by R ie n T. Se g e rs , International Research Centre for Japanese Studies, Kyoto, Japan Series: Routledge Contemporary Japan This book provides an overview of contemporary Japan and the many considerable changes currently taking place in a wide range of fields, including the economy, business and technology, politics, governance and international relations, providing a much needed corrective to misplaced Western views that Japan is unable to change. March 2008: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-45311-0: $150.00

Globalisation and Japanese Organisational Culture

Contrary to the widely-held view that the East Asian developmental state is neutral in terms of the relationship between capital and labour, this book argues that the developmental state exists to promote the interests of capital over labour, and there has been a deliberate mystification concerning the reality of this process.

East Asia has led rapid economic growth in the last few decades with India joining them over the last five years. Experts with several years of multidisciplinary research experience on the field examine the actual and potential technological and localization implications of MNC operations in East Asia and India.

January 2009: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45940-2: $150.00

July 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44067-7:

Foreign Direct Investment in Post-Crisis Korea

Corporate Governance and Business Ethics

European Investors and “Mismatched Globalization”

An Ethnography of a Japanese Corporation in France

J ud it h Ch e r ry, University of Sheffield, UK

M it ch e ll S ed gw ick, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies

Series: Japan Anthropology Workshop Globalization is increasingly taking place within the context of cross-cultural organizations. This book examines the nature of such global cross-cultural organizational interaction, providing a detailed study of everyday workplace practices, and change, in the subsidiary of a large Japanese consumer electronics company in France. 2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44678-5: $160.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies

Edited by Ra ja h Ra s ia h, University of Malaya, Yu r i S a d oi, Meijo University, Japan and Ro gi e r Bu ss er, Leiden University, the Netherlands

In this book Judith Cherry analyzes the impact of economic and cultural globalization on efforts to promote inward foreign direct investment (IFDI) in South Korea over the past four decades. 2007: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-93906-2 Hb: 978-0-415-27006-9: $150.00

NEW

Tourism in China Destination, Cultures and Communities

Innovation in Japan

C hr is R y an, University of Waikato Management School and G u H u im i n, Beijing International Studies University

Edited by Ke i t h J a ck so n, SOAS, University of London, UK and P hi ll ip e D e bro ux, Soka University, Japan The Japanese economy has made a remarkable recovery from the so-called ‘Lost Decade’ of the 1990s. This collection reflects on how things have moved on. It brings together fresh perspectives on Japanese-style innovation, from insiders and outsiders, from scholars and from practitioners, all of whose combined contributions to this book update our understanding of how patterns of innovation in Japan are evolving, providing inspiration and guidance for managers and innovators worldwide. March 2009: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44579-5: $150.00

Routledge Advances in Tourism This book provides a voice to Chinese mainland academic researchers and examines the nature of tourism research and tourism development in China. This authoritative text on tourism in China will be of interest to scholars and students of tourism throughout the world. November 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99189-6: $95.00

NEW

Industrial Innovation in Japan Edited by Ta k u ji H a ra, Kobe University, Japan, N or i o Ka m ba ya s hi, Kobe University, Japan and No bo r u Ma t su s hi ma, Kobe University, Japan

March 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42338-0: $150.00

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

A Comparative Approach Th om a s C la r k e, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia

Written by a leading name in the field of corporate governance from a genuinely international perspective, this excellent textbook provides a balanced analysis of the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Anglo-Saxon, European and Asian traditions of corporate governance; offering a prognosis of the future development, complexity and diversity of corporate governance forms and systems. It: •investigates the reasons for the failure of Enron, WorldCom, Tyco, Parmalat and other major international corporations •examines the role of international standards of corporate governance, with the intervention of the OECD, World Bank and IMF

This new book gathers together a collection of case studies of innovation in various industries in modern Japan, challenging accepted notions of Japanese innovation and emphasizing new and diverse trends and practices.

ORDER NOW!

International Corporate Governance

Comprehensive and up-todate, this important textbook analyzes the escalating crisis in corporate governance and the growing interest in its reform across the globe.

FORTHCOMING Emerging Patterns

$150.00

Fax 1-800-248-4724

•explores the continuing cultural diversity in corporate and institutional forms in the United States and UK, Europe and Asia Pacific. Illustrated with a wealth of up-to-the minute case studies and packed full of excellent illustrative material that guides student readers through this complex subject, International Corporate Governance is a must read for anyone studying corporate governance today. 2007: 544pp eBook: 978-0-203-30072-5 Hb: 978-0-415-32309-3: $200.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32310-9: $67.95

www.routledge.com/business

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BUSINESS ETHICS

Governance and the Market for Corporate Control

NEW

European Corporate Governance Readings & Perspectives

Transforming Corporate Governance in East Asia

Edited by Th om a s C la r k e, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia and J e a n- Fr a nc oi s C h a nl at, Dauphine Institute, University of Paris, France

Edited by C u rt i s M il h au pt, Columbia University, USA, Kon - Si k Ki m, Seoul National University, South Korea and H id e k i Ka n da, University of Tokyo, Japan

The first book to focus on European rather than US corporate governance, this volume provides a comprehensive overview of the European Corporate Governance agenda.

This book examines the most important recent corporate governance changes in East Asia and the challenges still to be overcome with focused, indepth legal analysis on specific issues facing the separate systems in the wake of the voluminous reforms and market changes of the past decade.

Offering readers the most penetrating analysis available of key problem areas European Corporate Governance examines a range of topics, including: •current issues of diversity

J oh n L. Te a ll, Pace University, New York, USA

June 2008: 320pp eBook: 978-0-203-93120-2 Hb: 978-0-415-45099-7: $170.00

•convergence •shareholder value •CEO power •innovation •different industry experience •transitional economies. Contemporary, critical and more problem focused than other volumes on this topic, it is an invaluable textbook for students of all levels studying corporate governance. September 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-40533-1: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40534-8: $57.95

Corporate Governance and Corporate Finance A European Perspective Edited by Ru ud A .I. va n Fr e de r ik s lu st, Erasmus University, Rotterdam School of Management, the Netherlands, J a m es S . A n g, Florida State University College of Business, USA and P.S . S u da r sa n a m, Cranfield School of Management, Bedford, UK This text fills the growing gap for a text focusing on European rather than US corporate governance. Comprising a collection of key readings, contextualized by expert editorial commentary and an original introduction, it is an excellent companion volume to Theories of Corporate Governance and International Corporate Governance. 2007: 784pp Hb: 978-0-415-40531-7: $220.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40532-4: $70.00

Corporate Governance, Finance and the Technological Advantage of Nations

Corporate Governance and Sustainability

Series: Routledge Contemporary Corporate Governance

Governance and the Market for Corporate Control is a textbook for use on business courses dealing with mergers, acquisitions, governance restructuring and corporate control. Three key features distinguish this book from competing texts. First, following up on recent developments in the corporate arena, it places a heavy emphasis on managerial compensation, incentives and corporate performance. Second, its conciseness allows for flexibility of use. Third, its coverage is broad and examines many topics including: •significant discussions of corporate governance •power and voting

Challenges for Theory and Practice

•managerial compensation

Edited by S u za nn e Be n n, University of Technology, New South Wales, Australia and D ex te r D u np hy, University of Technology, New South Wales, Australia

•takeovers

Series: Routledge Contemporary Corporate Governance In recent years, as corporations and governments have increasingly been confronted with managing the expectations of a society newly alerted to the social and environmental risks of economic development, recognition is dawning that achieving a sustainable world is dependent upon the democratic management and equitable distribution of these risks for now, and for the future. This book, the first to explore the themes of corporate governance and sustainability, argues that a better system of governance on a number of levels holds the key. Contributed to and edited by a distinguished international team, this book recognizes the complex and contested nature of both sustainability and governance, and that these key concepts have been redefined considerably over time. As sustainability poses new and major challenges for the theory and practice of corporate governance, this book, ideal for postgraduate students of business and management, identifies and addresses these challenges. 2006: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-38062-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38063-8: $45.95

A n dr ew Tyl e co te, University of Sheffield, UK and F ra n ce sc a V is in t in, University of Udine, Friuli, Italy Exploring the technological advantage of nations, their performance and pattern of specialization and the affect of their financial and governance systems, this book discusses changes that need to be made so that they can cope with new challenges.

•going private transactions •corporate restructuring •event study methodology. As well as combining theoretical, empirical, quantitative and practitioner-oriented matter, the material in this key book provides the academic foundation necessary to ensure students’ understanding of important concepts. 2006: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39786-5: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39787-2: $55.95

FORTHCOMING

Project Governance Integrating Corporate, Program and Project Governance Edited by Lyn n C r a wf or d, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia, C h r is to p he Br e di ll e t, ESC, Lille, France and Ro dn ey J . Tur ne r, ESC, Lille, France Series: Routledge Contemporary Corporate Governance In the last year or so, project and program governance have become widely used terms in organizations and have been used in titles for several conferences, but there has till now, been no publication that has clearly presented project and program governance concepts and their application in practice. This book meets the needs of researchers, teachers of project management and practitioners whilst also responding to the needs of senior managers, project and program managers in organizations tasked with establishing project governance frameworks. It presents a clear view of what constitutes project governance, how it relates to corporate governance and how it can be deployed in organizations to enhance corporate performance. February 2009: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-39784-1: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39785-8: $49.95

2007: 336pp eBook: 978-0-203-93388-6 Hb: 978-0-415-11221-5: $160.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BUSINESS ETHICS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

The Governance of Strategic Alliances

Corporate Governance Around the World

Understanding the Social Dimension of Sustainability

A nt o in e H e rm e n s, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia

Edited by A hm e d Na c ir i, University of Montreal, Quebec, Canada

Edited by Je s se D i ll a rd, Ve r on ica D u jo n and Ma r y C . Kin g, all at Portland State University, USA

Series: Routledge Contemporary Corporate Governance

Series: Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance

Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society

This book, including contributions from world recognized experts in the sphere of corporate governance presents a number of international corporate governance systems; comparing and contrasting the experiences of several countries across the world.

This key book analyzes the experience of alliance formation and governance in a number of international corporations in a range of industry sectors. Important governance factors explored include: •the alliance environment

February 2008: 432pp eBook: 978-0-203-93067-0 Hb: 978-0-415-42874-3: $160.00

•alliance conditions •performance •evaluation

NEW

•outcomes. Alliances can be defined as business relationships between independent firms to pursue important goals where partners pool, exchange or integrate key strategic resources for mutual gain. Critical to the success or failure of strategic alliances is how well they are governed, a topic this book explores in detail. January 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-40537-9: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40538-6: $49.95

Series: Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance Corporate scandals due to bad accounting happen too frequently for a system of corporate governance to be deemed effective. Exploring the reasons behind corporate misbehaviour, this book also answers the question of whether recent reforms are sufficient to prevent further scandals from occurring in the future. March 2008: 320pp eBook: 978-0-203-92956-8 Hb: 978-0-415-43752-3: $140.00

FORTHCOMING

The Transformation of China’s Global Resources Companies Xi nt i ng J ia, Victoria University, Australia and R om a n Tom a si c, Victoria University, Australia

See Order Form on Page 72

September 2008: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-96465-4: $95.00

NEW

The Governance Gap

Defence Procurement and Industry Policy

Edited by Ge o r ge t t e Ga g no n, University of Toronto, Canada, A u dr e y Ma ck l in, University of Toronto, Canada and Pe n e lo pe S i mo ns , University of Toronto, Canada

S t e f a n M a rk o ws ki, Australian Defence Force Academy, Canberra, Australia and P e t e r Ha l l, Australian Defence Force Academy, Canberra, Australia

Series: Routledge Studies in Governance and Change in the Global Era

Series: Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics

This impressive book examines human rights in war zones - especially where the interests of international corporations seem to be placed ahead of individuals’ rights. Respected academics examine the track records of household name corporations with revealing results.

Defence procurement remains a relatively underresearched area, mostly focusing on the USA. This revealing book looks at defence procurement from the point of view of smaller countries such as Israel, Australia, Poland and Spain.

February 2009: 256pp eBook: 978-0-203-41725-6 Hb: 978-0-415-33470-9: $130.00

Corporate Governance and Resource Security in China

ORDER NOW!

Series: Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance

FORTHCOMING

O li ve r Ma r n e t, University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK

February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45325-7: $160.00

Edited by Mo r t en H us e, Norwegian School of Management, Oslo.

December 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43742-4: $240.00

Behaviour and Rationality in Corporate Governance

Looking at the governance of resources companies in China, this book tackles contemporary issues of resource security and environmental change which are closely related to the depletion of the world’s natural resources. It contains case studies of other international resources giants such as BHP Billiton, Rio Tinto, Shell and Chevron to enhance readers understanding of the differences that exist between them and Chinese resources companies.

Corporate Governance and Organizational Behaviour

This book breaks new ground, offering a major survey on boards of directors throughout various European countries, opening up the hitherto unexamined area of study of board behaviour and the workings of the value creating board.

NEW

Series: Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance

The Value Creating Board

The imperative of the 21st century is sustainability: to raise the living standards of the world’s poor and to achieve and maintain high levels of social health among the affluent nations while simultaneously reducing and reversing the environmental damage wrought by human activity. Scholars and practitioners are making progress toward environmental and economic sustainability, but we have very little understanding of the social dimension of sustainability. This volume is an ambitious, multi-disciplinary effort to identify the key elements of social sustainability through an examination of what motivates its pursuit and the conditions that promote or detract from its achievement. Included are theoretical and empirical pieces; examination of international and local efforts; discussions highlighting experiences in both the developing and industrialized nations; and a substantial focus on business practices. Contributors are grounded in Sociology, Economics, Business Administration, Public Administration, Public Health, Geography, Education and Natural Resource Management.

December 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36288-7: $130.00

NEW

The Transnational Politics of Corporate Governance Regulation

Governance and Innovation

Edited by H e nk O ve r be e k, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, B a st ia a n va n A pe l do or n, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands and An dr e as N öl k e, Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität, Germany

M a r ia B rou we r, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy This ambitious volume explores the politics of recent changes in corporate governance regulation and the transnational forces driving the process.

A historical view

Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book focuses on the relationships between rules of decision-making and economic development, concentrating on the similarities and differences between old and modern modes of governance in both business and politics. May 2008: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-43705-9: $130.00

2007: 288pp eBook: 978-0-203-94668-8 Hb: 978-0-415-43172-9: $140.00

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BUSINESS ETHICS

NEW

The Corporate Social Responsibility Reader

•the challenges to business practice •what businesses should be responsible for, and why •issues of engagement, transparency and honesty •the boundaries of CSR – can businesses ever be responsible? Case studies examine major international corporations like Coca Cola and Starbucks, whilst broader articles discuss thematic trends and issues within the field. This comprehensive but eclectic collection provides a wonderful overview of CSR and its place within the contemporary social and economic landscape. It is essential reading for anyone studying business and management, and its ethical dimensions. May 2008: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-42433-2: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42434-9: $57.95

Management Ethics

Readings and Cases in a Global Context

Edited by S t ew ar t R . C le g g, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia and C a r l Rh od e s, University of Technology, New South Wales, Australia

Edited by A n dr ew C ra n e, University of Nottingham, UK, D ir k M a tt e n, University of London, UK and La ur a S p en ce, Brunel University, UK

Edited by J on Bu rch e ll, University of Sheffield, UK Including key articles and original perspectives from academics, NGOs and companies themselves, The Corporate Social Responsibility Reader is a welcome and insightful introduction to the important issues and themes of this growing field of study. This book addresses: •the changing relationships between business, state and civil society

Corporate Social Responsibility

Modern business is obliged to meet increasingly demanding ethical, environmental, legal, commercial and public standards as defined by wider society. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) has therefore become an important consideration for managers at all levels, as well as one of the most vibrant areas of study and research in the field of business and management. This important new book provides a comprehensive and student-centred introduction to the key themes and issues currently being addressed in CSR around the world. This book brings together material by the most influential teachers and scholars working in CSR today, as well as many of the most cited and important articles, and is clearly structured in three parts: •understanding CSR •applying CSR •managing CSR Each section includes an extensive and accessible editorial commentary that introduces the key debates and themes contained in the articles, as well as clearly defined learning objectives to guide the reader and challenging and thought-provoking study questions to consolidate learning. It also includes three major case studies to enable the reader to relate theory to the real world, focusing on Nike in Asia, Vodafone in South Africa and ABN AMRO in Brazil. Drawing on examples and issues from across the globe, this book is essential reading for all students and managers with an interest in corporate governance and business ethics. 2007: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-42428-8: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42429-5: $64.95

NEW

Corporate Social Responsibility in the Construction Industry Edited by M ich a e l M ur r a y, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, UK and A n dr ew D ai nt y, Loughborough University, UK A unique presentation on a topic of emerging importance, Corporate Social Responsibility in the Construction Industry is essential reading for all built environment undergraduate and post-graduate courses, as well as CEOs and senior managers within construction businesses who may be about to embark on developing a CSR strategy. September 2008: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-36207-8: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36208-5: $59.99

Contemporary Contexts

This book, an essential read for postgraduate students of business and ethics, is organized around the core question: What are the ethics of organizing in today’s institutional environment and what does this mean for the practice of management and the organization of business? In response to this, the contributors examine ethics as it is deeply embedded in the everyday practice of management. 2006: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-39335-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39336-2: $47.95

NEW

Ethical Dilemmas in Management C hr is t in a Ga r s te n, Stockholm University, Sweden and Tor H e r n e s This is a fascinating text, which raises important questions and provides a deeper understanding of the dynamics of ethical processes. A company’s ethical behaviour is a major criterion by which the company, its products and services are judged and is therefore crucial to sound management in today’s organizations. Ethical Dilemmas in Management is essential reading for all students of business and management and ethics. September 2008: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-43759-2: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43760-8: $49.99

NEW

Ethics for the Built Environment P et e r Fe wi ng s, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK This book looks at how people develop their personal values and tries to set up a model for making effective ethical decisions. It exposes areas of weakness that may inhibit better relationships in projects and partnerships and suggests decision making frameworks. Part one integrates a number of topical areas to give a holistic view of the ethical framework and Part two illustrates good practice by using case studies and questions for resolving dilemmas. They include: •human rights, moral integrity and equal opportunities •professional conduct and integrity •employment law and psychological contracts and discrimination •corruption, procurement and competition •health and safety ethics •contracts and good faith •the impact of corporate social responsibility policies and their implementation •the role of education and development •responsibility for sustainability and the environment. It will be invaluable for professional institutions, students, young practitioners in all stages of the development cycle from planning, property management, design, project management and facilities management, contractors and clients. October 2008: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-42982-5: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42983-2: $59.99

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

Accounting and Finance

Auditing, Trust and Governance

NEW

Developing Regulation in Europe Edited by R ei ne r Q ui ck, University of Darmstradt, Germany, S t ua r t Tu rl e y, Manchester Business School, UK and Ma r le e n W il le k e ns, University of Tilburg, the Netherlands

Accounting and Business Ethics Ke n McP h a il, University of Glasgow, UK and Di a ne Wa l te r s, Heriot-Watt University, UK This groundbreaking text takes a uniquely interactive approach, drawing on a wealth of international realworld case studies and examples to engage students in debate and discussion. An accompanying website provides not only lecturer support, but also a unique forum for discussion, bridging the gap between universities and professional education and placing the debates and dilemmas which the profession faces in a broader ethical and political context. September 2008: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-36235-1: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36236-8: $49.95

Management Accounting Change Approaches and Perspectives D a nt u re W ic kr a m a si ng he, Manchester Business School, UK and C h a nd an a A la wa t t a ge, University of Aberdeen Business School, UK Written by two experienced lecturers, this is the first student-centered textbook to bridge the technical and theoretical aspects of management accounting change. Packed full of pedagogical features, including mini-cases, learning outcomes, key terms, article summaries, key concept boxes, real-world cases, chapter summaries and further reading suggestions and resources, it is clear and accessibly written, covering all the major emerging topics in management accounting theory.

In this important book, the European Auditing Research Network analyzes how that response has developed in Europe, with particular emphasis on the field of auditing. Leading international academics review how regulation has been revised in specific European countries to help restore confidence in the contribution of auditing to corporate governance. Various themes are explored, including the growing trend of internationalization in regulation, ethics and auditing, professional liability and professional education.

Auditing, Trust and Governance is an invaluable volume for students, researchers and professionals working in the fields of auditing, accountancy and corporate governance, and provides a useful basis for further research on the effects of the increased regulation. 2007: 304pp eBook: 978-0-203-93601-6 Hb: 978-0-415-44889-5: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44890-1: $49.95

The Routledge Companion to Accounting History Edited by Ri cha rd E dw ar ds, Cardiff University, UK and S t ep he n Wa lk e r, Cardiff University, UK For many, a book on the history of accounting does not exactly set the pulse racing. Indeed, this book will not excite readers with historical tales of lust, debauchery and murder. Instead, what The Routledge Companion to Accounting History does do is reveal how this seemingly innocuous practice has pervaded human existence in a range of fascinating ways; from ancient civilisations to the modern day, and from the personal to the political. Placing the history of accounting in context with other fields of study, this collection gives invaluable insights to subjects such as the rise of capitalism, the control of labour, gender and family relationships, racial exploitation, the functioning of the state, and the pursuit of military conflict. An engaging as well as comprehensive overview which also examines geographical differences, this Companion is split into key sections. •changing technologies used to represent financial and other data •historical development of theory and practice •institutions and those who perform accounting •accountancy and economies •society and culture •the role of accounting in the government, protection and financing of states.

Sustainability Accounting and Accountability

2007: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-39331-7: $210.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39332-4: $73.95

NEW

Edited by J e ff re y U n e rm a n, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK, Ja n Be b bi ng t on, University of St Andrews, UK and Br e nd an O’ Dw ye r, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands This exciting book is one of the first textbooks in the fast growing area of sustainability accounting. Contributed to, and edited by an impressive array of internationally renowned authorities, it focuses on the use of sustainability accounting both as an external accountability mechanism (external reporting) and as a tool for helping managers assess and manage the social and environmental impacts of their operations (management accounting). Using real-life examples and case studies to emphasize the links between the conceptual basis and issues in practice, this outstanding book addresses the growing interest among both practitioners and academics in social, environmental and ethical accountability, as interpreted through the lens of sustainable development.

Including chapters on the important role played by accountancy in religious organizations, a review of how the discipline is portrayed in fine art and popular culture, and analysis of sharp practice and corporate scandals, The Routledge Companion to Accounting has a breadth of coverage that is unmatched in this growing area of study. Bringing together the leading writers in the field, this is an essential reference work for any student of accounting, accounting history, or business and management. September 2008: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-41094-6: $180.00

The Routledge Companion to Fair Value and Financial Reporting Edited by Pe t e r Wa lt o n, ESSEC Business School, France Comprising contributions from a unique mixture of academics, standard setters and practitioners, and edited by an internationally recognized expert, this book, on a controversial and intensely debated topic, is the only definitive reference source available on the topics of fair value and financial reporting. 2007: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-42356-4: $200.00

2007: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-38488-9: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38489-6: $57.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

Accounting for Goodwill

NEW

Accounting in Politics Devolution and Democratic Accountability Edited by Ma hm o ud E zza m e l, Cardiff University, UK, N o el H yn dm a n, Queen’s University, Belfast, Å ge J o hn se n, Oslo University College, Norway and I r vin e L ap sl e y, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting Written by an internationally respected author, this book documents and discusses the impact of devolution, new public management and modern public sector accounting reforms on decision-making and democratic accountability. May 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42590-2: $120.00

Intellectual Capital Accounting Practices in a Developing Country I nd r a A be ys e ke r a, University of Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting This book examines and explains the intellectual capital reporting practices, with a human capital focus, of firms located in the developing nation of Sri Lanka, meticulously outlining an extensive literature review in this emerging field of debate. 2007: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43754-7: $150.00

Accounting and Empire Edited by Ch r is P ou ll a os, University of Sydney, Australia and Su k i S i a n, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge New Works in Accounting History This book brings together, for the first time, studies of the professionalization of accountancy in key constituent territories of the British Empire. February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45771-2: $150.00

Cost-Benefit Analysis E. J. Mi sh a n, London School of Economics, UK and Eu st o n Q ua h, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Should Malaysia build a new steel mill, or New York City an urban motorway? Should higher education expand, or water supplies be improved? These are typical questions to which cost-benefit analysis, the key economic tool for analyzing problems of social choice can contribute to, as well as providing a useful vehicle for understanding the practical value of welfare economics. This invaluable text covers the main problems that arise in a typical cost-benefit exercise. Cost-benefit analysis is used everywhere, but its techniques are particularly prominent in fields where there is some kind of ethical dimension. For this edition, E.J. Mishan has been joined by Euston Quah, to explore new themes, including the impact of uncertainty on cost-benefit analysis and to introduce a host of new and up-to-date case studies.

A nd re a B er e tt a Z a no ni, University of Verona, Italy

Profitability, Accounting Theory and Methodology

Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting

The Selected Essays of Geoffrey Whittington

February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45149-9: $170.00

Ge o ff re y Wh it t i ng to n, International Accounting Standards Board, London, UK

Double Accounting for Goodwill

Foreword by Stephen A. Zeff, Rice University, Texas, USA

A Problem Redefined M ar t i n B lo om, Deloitte Growth Solutions, Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge New Works in Accounting History Goodwill may be either purchased or internally generated. This excellent book provides an historical review of accounting literature, including professional standards, relating to methods of accounting for purchased goodwill. April 2008: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-01459-2 Hb: 978-0-415-43748-6: $125.00

Series: Routledge Historical Perspectives in Accounting This remarkable collection of Geoffrey Whittington’s work pulls together his essays and articles on empirical studies based on company accounts, specification of empirical models, price change accounting, and regulation of accounting and auditing. 2007: 480pp eBook: 978-0-203-96814-7 Hb: 978-0-415-37644-0: $180.00

Advanced Capital Budgeting

Two Hundred Years of Accounting Research R ich a rd Ma t t es s ich, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge New Works in Accounting History Written by an internationally respected expery, this is the first and only book to offer a comprehensive survey of accounting, authorative research on a broad international scale for the last two centuries. 2007: 640pp eBook: 978-0-203-93985-7 Hb: 978-0-415-77256-3: $190.00

Refinements in the Economic Analysis of Investment Projects H ar ol d B ie r m a n, Jr., Cornell University, New York, USA and S e ym o ur S m id t, Cornell University, New York, USA Written by authors of established texts in this area, this book is a companion volume to the classic The Capital Budgeting Decision. Exploring this key topic in corporate finance the authors examine the complexities of capital budgeting as well as the opportunities to improve the decision process where risk and time are important elements. Designed to assist those making business decisions at all levels, this volume is essential reading for all those working in or studying capital budgeting.

Financial Reporting in the UK A History of the Accounting Standards Committee, 1969-1990

2006: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-77205-1: $155.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77206-8: $55.95

B .A . Ru t he r f or d, University of Kent Business School, UK

9TH EDITION

Series: Routledge Historical Perspectives in Accounting

The Capital Budgeting Decision

This fine account of the period following the 1960s charts the history of the Accounting Standards Committee. Written by a respected scholar, it makes a major contribution to the history of financial reporting.

H ar ol d B ie r m a n, Jr., Cornell University, New York, USA and S e ym o ur S m id t, Cornell University, New York, USA

2007: 456pp eBook: 978-0-203-93413-5 Hb: 978-0-415-39421-5: $180.00

Economic Analysis of Investment Projects

Fully updated and revised by international authorities on the topic, this new version of a classic and established text returns to its roots as a clear and concise introduction to this complex but essential topic in corporate finance. Retaining the authority and reputation of previous editions, it now covers several topics in-depth which are frequently under explored, including distribution policy and capital budgeting. Features new to this edition include: •a new chapter on real options •new material on uncertainty in decision-making. Easily understandable, and covering the essentials of capital budgeting, this book helps readers to make intelligent capital budgeting decisions for corporations of every type. 2006: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-40003-9: $155.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40004-6: $55.95

2007: 336pp eBook: 978-0-203-69567-8 Hb: 978-0-415-35037-2: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34991-8: $65.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Socially Responsible Investing

Financialization At Work

D on a ld S ch ep e r s, Baruch College, City University of New York, USA Of increasing importance in the last decade, socially responsible investing (SRI) can be described as the important financial aspect of the broader corporate social responsibility (CSR) area. In both Europe and the US pressure is being exerted not only from individual investors, but increasingly by government and policy-making bodies for corporations to report on not just their financial performance but also their performance from a social, ethical, and environmental perspective (the triple bottom line). With the increase in the number of courses on CSR, SRI is becoming increasingly important in its attempts to measure and influence corporate policy and behavior. As a result there is an increased need for a book which examines the developments in socially responsible investing not simply from an investor’s point of view but from a broader academic perspective. This unique book singles out and critically examines the mutual funds which constitute the financial aspect of CSR. It goes on to: •evaluate the screening methods they employ •investigate their role in the CSR debate •examine their efforts to improve communities through community-based investing practices. The first to comprehensively analyze SRI, Schepers’ text is a must-read for Masters and MBA students studying corporate governance, business ethics, and finance/investment.

NEW

Key Texts and Commentary

This successful text, now in its second edition, offers the most comprehensive overview of monetary economics and monetary policy currently available. It covers the microeconomic, macroeconomic and monetary policy components of the field.

Crisis with US sub-prime mortgages, paralysis in global credit markets and the run on Northern Rock - all wake-up calls to the growing influence of finance and financial markets on the lives of ordinary people. Social scientists began debating financialization in the late 2000s much as they debated globalizsation in the 1990s, and this important book prepares the way by allowing readers to (re)define financialization for themselves.

•Theories on money demand and supply, including precautionary and buffer stock models, and monetary aggregation.

This book will challenge readers to bring a new understanding to the financialization of present day capitalism. It is an invaluable resource for students and researchers from business and management, plus all the social sciences with interests in political and cultural economy. May 2008: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-41730-3: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41731-0: $57.95

Finance for Sport and Leisure Managers An Introduction

E r ik B a nk s

Ro be r t W il so n, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and J oh n J o yce, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

Series: The Basics A clear, jargon-free introduction to a complex and demanding subject, Finance: The Basics is the ultimate guide for those encountering this broad topic for the first time. With particular focus on the practical dimension of financial tools, instruments and markets, this userfriendly text provides the reader with a solid working knowledge of the key drivers of the financial marketplace, ensuring that the concepts learnt can be easily applied and related to daily activities, the financial press and the financial markets.

Written by experts in accounting and sport management, this book enables readers to work through the subject at their own pace, with case studies, worked examples and self-tests to ensure students can apply their knowledge to industryspecific situations. Ideal for students on sport and leisure management courses, this book will also be valuable to practising managers who need a quickreference guide to everyday financial questions. 2007: 176pp eBook: 978-0-203-93442-5 Hb: 978-0-415-40446-4: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40447-1: $51.95

See Order Form on Page 72

Major features of the new edition include: •Stylised facts on money demand and supply, and the relationships between monetary policy, inflation, output and unemployment in the economy.

•Cross-country comparison of central banking and monetary policy in the US, UK and Canada, as well as consideration of the special features of developing countries. •Monetary growth theory and the distinct roles of money and financial institutions in economic growth in promoting endogenous growth. This book will be of interest to teachers and students of monetary economics, money and banking, macroeconomics and monetary policy. November 2008: 816pp Hb: 978-0-415-77209-9: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77210-5: $85.00

Personal Finance and Investments A Behavioural Finance Perspective Ke it h Re dh e a d, Coventry University, UK Packed with over one hundred exercises, examples and exhibits and a helpful glossary of key terms, this book helps readers grasp the relevant principles of money management. It avoids non-essential mathematics and provides a novel new approach to the study of personal finance and investments. This book will be essential for students and researchers engaged with personal finance, investments, behavioural finance, financial derivatives and financial economics.

The Economics of Sports Broadcasting C hr is G ra t t on, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and H ar r y A r ne S ol b er g, Sør-Trøndelag University College, Norway

July 2008: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-42859-0: $220.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42862-0: $75.00

The meteoric growth of sports broadcasting has had huge financial implications for a number of related industries, and in many cases has affected the sports themselves. This book examines the economic issues surrounding this very modern phenomenon. 2007: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-35779-1: Pb: 978-0-415-35780-7:

ORDER NOW!

J a g di sh H a nd a, McGill University, Canada

Edited by I sm a il E r tu r k, Manchester Business School, UK, Ju li e Fro ud, Manchester Business School, UK, S uk h de v J o ha l, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK, A da m Le a ve r, Manchester Business School, UK and Ka re l W i ll ia m s, University of Manchester, UK

Finance: The Basics

2006: 264pp eBook: 978-0-203-08592-9 Hb: 978-0-415-38457-5: $100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38463-6: $17.95

Monetary Economics

NEW

February 2009: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-39033-0: $135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39034-7: $39.95

Authoritative yet accessible, Finance: The Basics is ideal for first year undergraduates with no previous exposure to financial concepts, as well as those looking for simple yet comprehensive explanations of the primary elements of the topic.

2ND EDITION

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

$170.00 $47.95

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

NEW

Financial Economics

2ND EDITION

Ch r is J on e s, Australian National University

Financial Econometrics

International Business and National War Interests

P e ij ie Wa n g, University of Hull, UK

Unilever Between Reich and Empire, 1939-45

Whilst many undergraduate finance textbooks are largely descriptive in nature, the economic analysis in most graduate texts is too advanced for latter year undergraduates. This book bridges the gap between these two extremes, offering a textbook that studies economic activity in financial markets, focusing on how consumers determine future consumption and on the role of financial securities.

Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance

Areas covered in include: •an examination of the role of finance in the economy using basic economic principles, eventually progressing to introductory graduate analysis

•analysis of stock persistence and impulse responses

•a microeconomic study of capital asset pricing when there is risk, inflation, taxes and asymmetric information •an emphasis on economic intuition using geometry to explain formal analysis •an extended treatment of corporate finance and the evaluation of public policy.

This book provides an essential toolkit for all students wishing to know more about the modelling of financial time series. Econometric techniques are becoming increasingly common in the world of finance and this second edition of an established text covers the following key themes: •unit roots, cointegration and other developments in the study of time series models •time varying volatility models of the GARCH type and the stochastic volatility approach •Markov switching •present value relations and data characteristics. This updated edition includes new chapters which cover limited dependent variables and panel data. It continues to be an essential guide for all graduate and advanced undergraduate students of econometrics and finance. September 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42670-1: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42669-5: $70.00

Mathematical Finance

NEW

Core Theory, Problems and Statistical Algorithms

Finance in Asia

N i ko la i D ok u cha e v, Trent University, Canada

Q ia o Li u, University of Hong Kong, P a u l L ej ot, University of Kong Kong and D ou gl a s A r n e r, University of Kong Kong Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance Asia’s demand for second-generation financial institutions and markets needs to be met in order for the region’s further development to be sustained. This book provides a compelling, factbased assessment of current practices and regulations in Asia’s financial institutions and markets and carefully documents the exciting opportunities and challenges that lie ahead in the region’s financial systems. October 2008: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-42320-5: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42319-9: $65.95

This book ties together business history, the history of the Nazi economic administration and European history. It is relevant to several disciplines, including international relations, economic and business history, European history and political science. August 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41667-2: $130.00

FORTHCOMING

Narrating the Rise of Big Business in the USA How Economists Explain Standard Oil and Wal-Mart A nn e Ma yh e w, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, USA Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History In this book, Anne Mayhew focuses on the stories surrounding the creation of Standard Oil and WalMart, combining the accounts of economists with the somewhat darker pictures painted by writers of fiction.

January 2008: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-37584-9: $200.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37585-6: $54.95

Institutions, Regulation and Policy

Be n Wu bs, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History

April 2009: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77534-2: $130.00

Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance Rigorous in style, yet easy to use, this comprehensive textbook offers a systematic, self-sufficient yet concise presentation of the main topics and related parts of Stochastic Analysis and statistical finance covered in most degree courses. 2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-96472-9 Hb: 978-0-415-41447-0: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41448-7: $56.95

Banking in Central and Eastern Europe 1980-2006 From Communism to Capitalism S te p ha n Ba r i si tz, Oesterreichische Nationalbank (OeNB), Austria Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking Comparative in structure and covering an extensive number of transition countries in its survey, this comprehensive book overviews the development of the banking systems in Central and Eastern European since the communist era until the present time. 2007: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-94524-7 Hb: 978-0-415-42881-1: $160.00

NEW

Women and Their Money

NEW

Edited by A n ne La u re nc e, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK, Jo se p hi ne M a lt b y, University of Sheffield, UK and J a n et t e R ut t e rf o rd, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK

Bank Performance

Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History This book charts the sheer extent of women’s financial management and provides for economic, social, cultural and gender historians material grounded in empirical research essential for understanding women’s place in capitalist societies. September 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41976-5: $160.00

A Theoretical and Empirical Framework for the Analysis of Profitability, Competition and Efficiency J ac ob Bi k ke r, Utrecht School of Economics, the Netherlands. and J a ap W.B . Bo s, Utrecht School of Economics, the Netherlands Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking Analyzing the profitability, competition and efficiency of banks, this book provides an allembracing framework for the various existing theories in this area and illustrates them with successful practical applications. July 2008: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-39766-7: $130.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

Credit and Collateral

FORTHCOMING

Van ia S e n a, Aston University, Birmingham, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking Unique and revealing, this is the first book to deal so extensively with the topic of collateral, and as such, it is a valuable reference source for postgraduates and professionals in the fields of macroeconomics, monetary and business economics. 2007: 160pp eBook: 978-0-203-02347-1 Hb: 978-0-415-34117-2: $120.00

Debt, Risk and Liquidity in Futures Markets B ar r y G os s, Monash University, Australia Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking Including contributions from Jerome Stein and Guay Lim, this book explores debt and liquidity in finance. In three parts it covers developing country debt and currency crises, risk, and risk management in futures markets and liquidity. 2007: 240pp eBook: 978-0-203-94015-0 Hb: 978-0-415-40001-5: $180.00

Edited by Ge o ff re y E . Wo od, City University, London, UK, Te re n ce Mi ll s, Loughborough University, UK and Ni ch ol a s C r a f ts, University of Warwick, Coventry, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking Under the editorship of Geoffrey Wood, this book brings together a stellar line of contributors including Charles Goodhart, Harold James, Michael Bordo, Barry Eichengreen, Charles Calomiris, and Anna Schwartz. It analyzes many of the mainstream themes in economic and financial history - monetary policy, international financial regulation, economic performance, exchange rate systems, international trade, banking and financial markets - where historical perspectives are considered important. August 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45146-8: $160.00

FORTHCOMING

Monetary Growth Theory Money, Interest, Prices, Capital, Knowledge and Economic Structure over Time and Space We i - Bi n Z h an g, Ritsumeikan Asia Pacific University, Japan

NEW

Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking

Financial Markets and the Macroeconomy A Keynesian Perspective W il l i S e m m le r, New School University, USA, P e t e r Fl a sch e l, Bielefeld University, Germany, C a r l C hi a re l la, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia and Re in e r Fr a nk e, Technische Universität Wien, Austria Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking This important new book from a group of Keynesian, but nonetheless technically-oriented economists explores one of the dominant paradigms in financial economics: the “intertemporal general equilibrium approach.” August 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77100-9: $130.00

NEW

International Financial Co-Operation Political Economics of Compliance with the 1988 Basel Accord B ry ce Qu il li n, World Bank, USA Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking This book provides a comprehensive examination of the impact of the 1988 Basel Accord on the capital adequacy regulations of developed economies. This study seeks to understand if the Accord affected broad or isolated convergence of eighteen developed countries’ bank credit risk regulations from 1988 to 2000. February 2008: 240pp eBook: 978-0-203-93028-1 Hb: 978-0-415-77288-4: $130.00

ORDER NOW!

Monetary and Banking History

See Order Form on Page 72

Many economic dynamic models omit monetary issues by assuming that transactions on the economy’s real side can be carried out without money. This book answers some challenging questions in monetary growth theory within a compact theoretical framework. April 2009: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-46162-7: $140.00

Monetary Policy in Central Europe Mi ro sl a v Be b la vý, State Secretary, Ministry of Labour, Slovak Republic

Open Market Operations and Financial Markets Edited by Da vi d Ma ye s, Bank of Finland and J a n Top or ows k i, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking Using both academic and practitioner research, this is the most detailed book available that provides an account of open market operations, including discussions of central bank operations in Europe, North America, Australia and Japan. 2007: 368pp eBook: 978-0-203-93402-9 Hb: 978-0-415-41775-4: $180.00

Tax Systems and Tax Reforms in Latin America Edited by Lui gi Be r na rd i, Università degli Studi di Pavia, Italy, A l be r t o B a rr e ix, Inter-American Development Bank, Washington DC, USA, A nn a M a re nz i, Università degli Studi dell’Insubria, Varese, Italy and Pa o la P ro f e ta , Bocconi University, Italy Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking This book studies developments from the early 1990s in the tax systems and regimes of Latin America. It provides a user friendly overiew of various tax regimes and also casts a critical eyeover the selected countries (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Mexico, Paraguay and Uruguay). 2007: 336pp eBook: 978-0-203-48139-4 Hb: 978-0-415-44336-4: $160.00

NEW

The Dynamics of Organizational Collapse The Case of Barings Bank H e l ga D r um m o nd, University of Liverpool, UK

Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking

Miroslav Beblavý, an experienced policy maker, examines monetary policy and monetary institutions in Eastern European and looks at monetary policy, more generally, in less developed, but highly open and financially integrated market economies.

International in its appeal, this book uses high-level and multi-theoretical analyses involving psychological and sociological theories to explore the events of Nick Leeson’s employment with Barings’ in Singapore in 1992 to Barings’ collapse in 1995.

2007: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-96423-1 Hb: 978-0-415-40412-9: $160.00

January 2008: 160pp eBook: 978-0-203-93277-3 Hb: 978-0-415-39961-6: $130.00

Money and Payments in Theory and Practice S er g io Ro ss i, University of Fribourg, Switzerland Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking International in scope and written by a leading young Post-Keynesian economist, this book focuses on the working of money and payments in a multibank settlement system. 2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-96407-1 Hb: 978-0-415-37337-1: $160.00

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

The Future of Payment Systems

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Edited by St e p he n Mi ll a rd, Bank of England, UK, A n dr ew H al da n e, Bank of England, UK and V ict o r ia S a po r ta , Bank of England, UK

International Financial Reporting Standards

2ND EDITION

Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking

Critical Perspectives on Business and Management

Drawing on wide-ranging contributions from prominent international experts and discussing some of the most pressing issues facing policy makers and practitioners in the field of payment systems today, this volume provides cutting-edge perspectives on the current issues surrounding payment systems and their future.

Edited by D a vi d A l e xa nd er, University of Birmingham, UK and C h ri st o ph e r No b es, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

2007: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43860-5: $170.00

The Structure of Financial Regulation Edited by Da vi d Ma ye s, Bank of Finland and G e of fr e y E . Woo d, City University, London, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking This book examines the area of financial regulation in the banking sector. Editors Mayes and Wood bring together such academics as Charles Goodhart, Charles Calomiris and Kern Alexander whose expertise shines through this volume to provide a reference tool for researchers, students and bankers themselves which will prove invaluable. 2007: 288pp eBook: 978-0-203-96231-2 Hb: 978-0-415-41380-0: $170.00

NEW

Risk in International Finance V ik a s h Yad a v, Hobart and William Smith College, New York, USA Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy This book analyzes the evolution and impact of the concept of risk on processes of transnational banking and financial market regulation, as well as the externalities generated by speculative financial activity in emerging market economies. May 2008: 192pp eBook: 978-0-203-92923-0 Hb: 978-0-415-77519-9: $130.00

Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and Management

C hr is t op h Wag ne r, Munchen, Germany, C hr i st ia n Bl uh m, Credit Suisse, Zurich, Switzerland, CH-8070 Zurich, Switzerland, and L ud ge r O ve rb e ck, HypoVereinsbank & University of Giessen, Germany, Hofheim, Germany Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and the possibility of global accounting harmonization, have recently gained enormously in importance, both practically and from an academic and research perspective. Since 2005, European and Australian listed enterprises are required to use IFRS for Consolidated Financial Statements. Other countries - from New Zealand to China - are actively moving towards these standards. And now, the IFRS Board and the American Regulatory System are publicly committed to a convergence programme. This major work, edited by two leading experts in the field, is a timely appraisal of academic and regulatory work in relation to this whole process. These important volumes bring together â&#x20AC;&#x201C; otherwise inaccessible â&#x20AC;&#x201C; early material which is vital to the understanding of the historical perspective, both in terms of the current situation and of future developments.

International Financial Reporting Standards provides a broad overview, in addition to detailed coverage, of this important and fascinating topic, including a discussion of the processes of change and developments which have led from a widely disparate starting position to the current situation. The four volumes are fully indexed and each includes an informative, contextual introduction by the editors.

Illustrating mathematical models for structured credit with practical examples, Introduction to Credit Risk Modeling provides an accessible introduction to the foundations of structured credit portfolio modeling. Updated and expanded, this second edition features additional material on estimation of asset correlations, benchmark correlations based on securitizations of benchmark portfolios in the market, risk contributions and spectral risk measures, nonhomogeneous Markov chain approaches, multi-year models, current agency models, single-tranche CDOs, index tranches, as well as new developments in synthetics. The text also includes new exercises and a supporting website. January 2009 Hb: 978-1-58488-992-2: $79.95

2ND EDITION

Introduction to Stochastic Calculus Applied to Finance, Second Edition Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics 2007: 256pp Hb: 978-1-58488-626-6:

$69.95

NEW

Understanding Risk

July 2008: 1968pp Hb: 978-0-415-38097-3: $1250.00

The Theory and Practice of Financial Risk Management

Pensions and Pension Funding (4 vols)

D av id Mu r ph y, Rivast Consulting, London, UK Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics

Edited by M a rt i n S u ll iv an, University of Reading, UK Series: Critical Perspectives on the World Economy The papers and articles included in each volume of this new Routledge Major Work have been selected to reflect the multi-dimensional nature of the subject and the interest it has aroused internationally. With a full index and an introduction newly written by the editor, this four-volume collection is a unique and valuable research resource for both student and scholar alike. 2007: 1641pp Hb: 978-0-415-38432-2: $1190.00

Introduction to Credit Risk Modeling, Second Edition

This book explains how to understand financial risk and how the severity and frequency of losses can be controlled. Divided into four parts, it begins by introducing the basics of risk management and the behavior of financial instruments. The next section focuses on regulatory capital standards and models, addressing value-at-risk (VaR) models, portfolio credit risk, tranching, operational risk, and the Basel accords. The author then deals with asset/liability management (ALM) and liquidity management. The last part explores structured finance and a variety of new trading instruments, including inflation-linked products, sophisticated equity basket options, and convertible bonds. April 2008: 496pp Pb: 978-1-58488-893-2: $79.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

Mathematics of Economics and Business Fr a nk We r n e r, Otto-Von-Guericke University, Magdeburg, Germany and Yu r i N . So t sk o v, The National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Republic of Belarus

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Construction Cost Management

Community Finance

Learning from Case Studies

Tackling Poverty and Social Exclusion

Ke it h P ot t s, University of Wolverhampton, UK

P a m e la Le n t on, University of Sheffield, UK and Pa u l M os l ey, University of Sheffield, UK

In the last decade, following the Latham and Egan Reports, there have been some significant changes in the role of the construction cost manager. Here Keith Potts examines the key issues and best practice in the cost management of construction projects under traditional contracts and new methodologies. All stages within the life cycle of a project are considered from pre-contract to tendering and post contract.

For all students who wish to understand current economic and business literature, knowledge of mathematical methods has become a prerequisite. Clear and concise, with precise definitions and theorems, Werner and Sotskov cover all the major topics required to gain a firm grounding in this subject including sequences, series, applications in finance, functions, differentiations, differentials and difference equations, optimizations with and without constraints, integrations and much more.

Aimed at students on surveying and construction management programmes, this book will also be useful to practitioners and includes extensive bibliographies identifying key sources of information including the UK government’s Constructing Excellence programme and National Audit Office reports.

Containing exercises and worked examples, precise definitions and theorems as well as economic applications, this book provides the reader with a comprehensive understanding of the mathematical models and tools used in both economics and business.

July 2008: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44286-2: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44287-9: $59.99

2006: 536pp eBook: 978-0-203-40138-5 Hb: 978-0-415-33280-4: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33281-1: $70.00

The Selected Essays of Filippo Cesarano Fil ip p o C e sa r a no, The Bank of Italy, Rome, Italy

2ND EDITION

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

The Economics of Commercial Property Markets M ich a e l B a ll, University of Reading, UK, Co l in Li zie r i, University of Reading, UK and Br ya n D . M ac gre g or, University of Aberdeen Business School, UK This new text provides a rigorous analysis of real estate markets. It goes beyond the often descriptive nature of much property market analysis to focus on important theoretical principles. The book is divided into three main sections, covering: •microeconomics of property markets

An objective and perceptive account of the literature of monetary theory, this volume, by a central banker who has studied monetary theory over the last quarter of a century, clearly shows how its inherent complexity is much enriched by the study of its history.

NEW

Climate Change and the Private Sector

C r a ig H a r t, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA Series: Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics This book contributes to new areas of research by examining the role of the private sector in addressing the challenges of climate change. September 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77475-8: $150.00

NEW

The ‘Uncertain’ Foundations of Post Keynesian Economics

Principles of Project and Infrastructure Finance

Essays in Exploration S t e ph e n D u nn, NHS East of England, Cambridge

W il li e Ta n, National University of Singapore

•the financial economics of property.

Current books on project finance tend to be nontechnical and are either procedural or rely heavily on case studies. In contrast, this textbook provides a more analytical perspective, without a loss of pragmatism.

August 2008: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-45296-0: $190.00

February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46039-2: $150.00

2007: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42343-4: $140.00

•the macroeconomics of commercial property Empirical examples drawn from around the world clearly illustrate the theories and issues discussed. Throughout, the emphasis is on making an often complex area as accessible and readable as possible, with each chapter containing a boxed summary and questions for self-testing or discussion.

This book presents a detailed picture of the impact of financial measures against poverty in various cities and draws conclusions for policy. It will be required reading for all those interested in anti-poverty policy, financial markets and community development in Britain and internationally, whether as sponsors, CDFI managers, members of NGOs or researchers.

Managing Climate Risks and Financing Carbon Neutral Energy Infrastructure

Monetary Theory in Retrospect

NEW

Series: Routledge Advances in Social Economics

Principles of Project and Infrastructure Finance is written for senior undergraduates, graduate students and practitioners who wish to know how major projects, such as residential and infrastructural developments, are financed. The approach is intuitive, yet rigorous, making the book highly readable. Case studies are used to illustrate integration as well as to underscore the pragmatic slant. 2007: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-41576-7: $168.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41577-4: $59.99

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy Making a vital contribution to the theory of the firm, Stephen Dunn, a well-respected up and coming scholar, introduces, analyzes and takes forward a Post-Keynesian theory of the firm which makes a positive contribution to the development of PostKeynesian economics. July 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-27864-5: $150.00

Privatisation and Financial Collapse in the Nuclear Industry The Origins and Causes of the British Energy Crisis of 2002 S i m on Ta yl or, Cambridge University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Business Organizations and Networks In this volume Simon Taylor has combined interviews with former executives, regulators and analysts with his own unique insight into the nuclear industry to provide an analysis of the origins of the crisis and the financial and corporate strategies used by British Energy plc. 2007: 272pp eBook: 978-0-203-94627-5 Hb: 978-0-415-43175-0: $170.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE • MANAGING INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY/E-BUSINESS

The Firm as an Entity Implications for Economics, Accounting and the Law Yu r i B io nd i, Université de St. Étienne, France, A r na l do C an zi an i, University of Brescia, Italy and T h ie r r y Ki r at, Université Paris Dauphiné, Paris, France Series: The Economics of Legal Relationships Enhancing current economic understanding of the firm as an institution and an organization, this book looks beyond the narrow boundaries of neoclassical economics to an interdisciplinary approach based on accounting and law as well as economics itself. 2007: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-41443-2: $160.00

Managing Information Systems and Technology/ E-business 2ND EDITION

Information Systems Strategic Management An Integrated Approach St e ve C l ar k e, University of Hull, UK Series: Routledge Series in Information Systems Fully revised and updated, this second edition of the very successful Information Systems Strategic Management continues to provide an accessible yet critical analysis of the strategic aspects of information systems. This text’s focus on strategic issues and the integration of IT and IS issues ensures that it is ideal for MBA students studying MIS as well as being suitable for MSC students studying IS/IT. 2006: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38186-4: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38187-1: $46.95

New Technology @ Work

NEW

Managing Information and Knowledge in Organizations

P a ul Bo re ha m, University of Queensland Social Research Centre, Australia, R a che l P a rk e r, University of Queensland, Australia, P a ul T ho m ps on, University of Strathclyde, UK and Ri cha r d H a ll, University of Sydney, Australia

A Literacy Approach A li s ta i r Mu t ch, Nottingham Trent University, UK Series: Routledge Series in Information Systems Knowledge is increasingly regarded as central, both to the successful functioning of organizations and to their strategic direction. Managing Information and Knowledge in Organizations explores the nature and place of knowledge in contemporary organizations, paying particular attention to the management of information and data and to the crucial enabling role played by information and communication technology. Mutch draws on a wide range of literature spanning the disciplines of business, management, information management, and information systems. This material is located in a framework based on critical realism but covering the full range of contemporary debates. Featuring such useful features as chapter objectives, mini-cases, chapter summaries and suggestions for further reading, this text is ideal for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in knowledge management, information management, and management of information systems courses and modules. January 2008: 288pp eBook: 978-0-20-393317-6 Hb: 978-0-415-41725-9: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41726-6: $48.95

Conventional debates about new technology often invoke optimistic visions of enhanced democracy, rising skills and economic abundance; others predict darker scenarios such as the destruction of jobs through labour-eliminating devices. This book proposes an alternative perspective, arguing that technology can be powerful, but in and of itself has no independent causal powers. It considers the impact of new technologies on manufacturing, clerical, administrative and call centre employment, in both managerial and professional arenas, and introduces the growing phenomena of telework. The book also assesses the important political and economic forces that restrict or facilitate the flow of new technologies on national and global levels.

New Technology @ Work is an illuminating and thought-provoking text that will prove invaluable to all serious students of business, management and technology. 2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-26896-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26897-4: $55.95

Exploring Information Systems Research Approaches

Rethinking Information Systems in Organizations

Readings and Reflections

Integrating Organizational Problem Solving

Edited by R ob e rt D . Ga ll ie r s, Bentley College, Massachusetts, USA, M. Lynn e Ma r k u s, Bentley College, Massachusetts, USA and S ue N e we l l, Bentley Collge, Massachusetts, USA

J oh n P a ul Ka wa l ek , University of Sheffield, UK

Exploring Information Systems Research Approaches is intended for supervisors and research students in the information systems and related fields. This collection of thought-provoking articles, arranged in sections that reflect the broadening nature of the field, provides examples of a range of research approaches. This book focuses on different research approaches – their strengths, limitations, and the conclusions which can be drawn from them – and explores the impact of information and communication technologies on groups, on organizations, between organizations, on markets, and on society worldwide.

Bold and ambitious, this book defines how the traditional practices of Information Systems are required to integrate into a process of organizational problem-solving. An essential read for students of business information systems, organizational theory and research methods, Kawalek’s work also provides core methodological principles on organizational change and problem solving, and presents an effective rationale for their use in Information Systems contexts. 2007: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-40304-7: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40305-4: $48.95

2006: 472pp Hb: 978-0-415-77196-2: $155.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77197-9: $57.95

Managing IT Outsourcing Governance in Global Partnerships E r ik B e ul e n, P i e t er R ib be r s and J a n R o os, all at Tilburg University, the Netherlands Combining essential theory with an indispensable practical perspective, this book provides a cuttingedge exploration of how IT-outsourcing partnerships can be managed successfully. 2006: 288pp eBook: 978-0-203-01846-0 Hb: 978-0-415-36598-7: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36599-4: $52.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

MANAGING INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY/E-BUSINESS

Social and Community Informatics Humans on the Net G un il la B ra d le y, Royal Institute of Technology IT University, Sweden As a discipline, Informatics has developed over the years from its initial focus on data processing and software development, towards a more recent emphasis on people’s use of technology and its impact on their working and private lives. Gunilla Bradley, an internationally recognized expert in this field, has researched this area for many years and here, authors this indispensable volume on the topic. This thought-provoking book will be of interest to students and academics studying social informatics, computing and MIS as well as organizational behaviour, sociology, psychology and communications. Research-based and crossdisciplinary, Bradley’s book is a valuable, and topical, resource. 2006: 280pp eBook: 978-0-203-94636-7 Hb: 978-0-415-38184-0: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38185-7: $45.95

The Digital Economy

Software Deployment, Updating, and Patching

Business Organization, Production Processes and Regional Developments

B il l St a ck p ol e, Microsoft Corporation, Redmond, Washington, USA and P a t r ick H a n ri on, Microsoft Corporation, Redmond, Washington, USA

E dwa r d J . M a le ck i, Ohio State University, USA and Br u no Mo r is e t, University of Jean Moulin, France

Presenting valuable information for professionals involved in maintaining and securing Microsoft systems and applications, Software Deployment, Updating, and Patching provides the skills necessary to develop a comprehensive strategy for updating and securing Microsoft systems with the latest packs and patches. It demonstrates how to perform inventories of IT assets, identify old versions as well as new updates and patches, test compatibility, target deployment, and evaluate management technologies. It also shows readers how to create and implement their own deployment plans with recovery and remediation options and illustrates how to recognize potential vulnerabilities.

This book provides an up-todate account of the technologies, organizations and dynamics which constitute the digital economy, and assesses the impacts they have on regions and communities. 2007: 296pp eBook: 978-0-203-93363-3 Hb: 978-0-415-39695-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39696-7: $43.95

December 2007: 424pp Hb: 978-0-8493-5800-5: $79.95

NEW

Digital Privacy Theory, Technologies, and Practices

NEW

Edited by A le s sa n dr o A cqu is t i, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA, S t e f a no s Gr i t za li s, University of the Aegean, Karlovassi, Samos, Greece, C os to s La m br i no ud a ki s, University of the Aegean, Karlovassi, Samos, Greece, S a b ri na d i Vim e rc at i, Universita degli Studi di Milano, Crema, Italy

The Triple Helix University-Industry-Government Innovation in Action H e nr y E t zk o wit z, University of Newcastle Business School, UK A Triple Helix of university-industry-government interactions is the key to innovation in increasingly knowledge-based societies. As the creation, dissemination, and utilization of knowledge moves from the periphery to the center of industrial production and governance, the concept of innovation, in product and process, is itself being transformed. In its place is a new sense of “innovation in innovation” - the restructuring and enhancement of the organizational arrangements and incentives that foster innovation.

The Triple Helix describes this new innovation model and assists students, researchers, and policymakers in addressing such questions as: How do we enhance the role of universities in regional economic and social development? How can governments, at all levels, encourage citizens to take an active role in promoting innovation in innovation and, conversely, how can citizens so encourage their governments? How can firms collaborate with each other and with universities and government to become more innovative? What are the key elements and challenges to reaching these goals?

During recent years, a continuously increasing amount of personal data has been made available through different websites around the world. Although the availability of personal information has created several advantages, it can be easily misused and may lead to violations of privacy. With growing interest in this area, Digital Privacy: Theory, Technologies, and Practices addresses this timely issue, providing information on state-of-the-art technologies, best practices, and research results, as well as legal, regulatory, and ethical issues. This book features contributions from experts in academia, industry, and government. January 2008: 496pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5217-6: $69.95

Rethinking IT in Construction and Engineering Organisational Readiness M us t a fa A l sh a wi, University of Salford, UK Based on the author’s twenty years research experience, this book provides a holistic picture of the factors that enable architecture, construction and engineering organizations to explore the potential of IT to improve their businesses and achieve a sustainable competitive advantage. 2007: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43053-1: $110.00

In an Outpost of the Global Information Economy Work and Workers in India’s Outsourcing Industry Edited by Ca r ol U pa d hya, National Institute of Advanced Studies, India and A .R . Va sa vi, National Institute of Advanced Studies, India This book examines the growth of India’s information technology (IT) industry, the people who work in these industries, the nature of the work itself, and its wider social and cultural ramifications. It combines empirical research with theoretical insight to explore important questions about the trajectory of globalization in India. 2007: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-45680-7: $100.00

NEW

February 2008: 176pp eBook: 978-0-203-92960-5 Hb: 978-0-415-96450-0: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96451-7: $34.95

Knowledge Economies Innovation, Organization and Location W i lf re d D ol f sm a, Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book makes a strong and coherent contribution to the discussion of the knowledge economy and innovation, offering a range of theoretical insights from different disciplinary perspectives March 2008: 176pp eBook: 978-0-203-92969-8 Hb: 978-0-415-41665-8: $130.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

MANAGING INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY/E-BUSINESS

Insourcing Innovation

NEW

How to Achieve Competitive Excellence Using TRIZ

Understanding E-Government

D a vi d S i lv er s t ei n, Breakthrough Management Group, Longmont, Colorado, USA, N e il D e Ca r l o, Breakthrough Management Group, Longmont, Colorado, USA, Mi cha e l S lo cum, Air Academy Associates, Colorado Springs, USA

Insourcing Innovation demonstrates how to transform business using the theory of inventive problem solving (TRIZ) along with applicable tools and techniques. Providing a practical framework, this book presents the tactical and strategic aspects of TRIZ, its methodology, and its components. Realworld case studies illustrate how TRIZ can be applied in an organization. It also discusses how structured innovation is part of total performance excellence, examining key aspects of business excellence and how they are related. December 2007: 304pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6227-4: $49.95

NEW

High-Tech Industries, Employment and Global Competitiveness Edited by S. R. H a s hi m, Institute for Studies in Industrial Development, India and N. S. S id dh a rt h a n, Forum for Global Knowledge Sharing/Madras School of Economics, India This book examines the behaviour of firms in hightech knowledge-based industries in India and China, analyzing the strategies they adopt in a globally competitive environment, the role they have played in ushering in the growth revolution in China and India, and the contribution they have made to the nature and growth of employment. November 2008: 220pp Hb: 978-0-415-46090-3: $100.00

NEW

Best Practices in Business Technology Management S t e ph e n J . An dr i ol e, Villanova University, Pennsylvania, USA Discussing specific best practices for making specific decisions, this book offers qualitative and quantitative methods, tools, and techniques for deploying and supporting all kinds of information technology. It identifies the range of technology decisions that managers make and the best practices that define good acquisition, deployment, and support decisions, all in an easy to absorb, conversational tone. September 2008: 440pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6333-2: $69.95

Innovation, Technology and Hypercompetition

Information Systems in Public Administration Vi nc en t H om b ur g, Erasmus University, the Netherlands In this original and insightful volume, Vincent Homburg demonstrates how the use, form and impact of ICTs are, in fact, entwined within the socio-political, economic and institutional aspects already established by government and public administration. Evangelical or fatalistic perspectives are discredited to show the different realities in which ICTs play a role in our daily lives. Using case studies and vignettes from throughout Europe and the US, the book analyzes what these new technologies actually do, and how they are screened through varying layers of bureaucracy and convention. This is a timely addition to our understanding of what is meant by e-government. It gets behind the political rhetoric. Understanding E-Government: Information Systems in Public Administration will be key reading for all students of public administration, political science, organization theory and information systems. March 2008: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-43093-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43094-4: $39.95

Review and Synthesis H an s -We r n e r Go tt i ng e r, Kwansei Gakuin University, Japan Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition In this revealing volume, Hans-Werner Gottinger brings his expert eye to the issue of hypercompetition in high technology industries, and employs various tools from economic theory to attain this end. 2006: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-40002-2: $150.00

FORTHCOMING

Internationalization, Technological Change and the Theory of the Firm Edited by N ico l a D e Li s o, University of Lecce, Italy and R icc ar do Le on ci ni, University of Bologna, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This volume examines the fundamental dimensions of the recent evolution in developed economies: technological change, the so-called process of fragmentation and the changing role and organization of local systems of production. February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46071-2: $150.00

NEW

Information Systems

NEW

Critical perspectives B er nd C a rs t e n S t a hl, De Montfort University, UK. Series: Routledge Studies in Organization and Systems The book gives an overview of critical research in information systems (CRIS), which will give a useful introduction to those students and researchers not familiar with the topic and assist in carrying the debate further on a variety of issues. March 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43378-5: $130.00

Localised Technological Change Towards the Economics of Complexity C ri st i a no A nt o ne ll i, University of Torino, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book explores the characteristics of the path dependent dynamics of localized technological change, demonstrating how the economics of complexity can inform our understanding of the economics of innovation and vice versa. January 2008: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-42683-1: $140.00

Innovation Diffusion in the New Economy The Tacit Component B ar b a ra J o ne s, Manchester Business School, UK and B ob Mi ll e r, Manchester Business School, UK

Risk Appraisal and Venture Capital in High Technology New Ventures Ga vi n C . Re id, University of St Andrews, UK and J ul ia A . S m it h, Strathclyde Business School, Glasgow, UK

Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition

Exploring the theories of Tacit Knowledge, this book unites discussions of the philosophical and scientific basis of Tacit Knowledge and reviews its different applications in economics and business.

Appealing to both mainstream and evolutionary economists, this book, written by an author with an excellent track record, is a â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;crossoverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; treatment of quantitative and qualitative risk analysis within the setting of new high technology ventures.

2007: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-31047-5: $130.00

2007: 240pp eBook: 978-0-203-94038-9 Hb: 978-0-415-37351-7: $170.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

SYSTEMS THINKING/COMPLEXITY THEORY

Systems Thinking/ Complexity Theory Thinking Through Systems Thinking I on Ge o rg io u, Sao Paolo School of Business Administration (FGV-EAESP), Brazil Guided by an original analysis of the fundamental idea of emergent property, Thinking Through Systems Thinking uncovers the distinct significance, but also incompleteness, of the systems approach as a theory of human epistemological engagement. 2006: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-40519-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40520-1: $55.95

NEW

Innovation and Organization in Open Source Communities

Managing and Marketing Radical Innovations

Ru be n va n We nd e l d e J oo de, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands

Marketing New Technology

How are the open source commons organized and sustained? Addressing a range of question on this topic, this is the first book to investigate open source communities from an organizational perspective. September 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42543-8:

$130.00

B ir g it t a S a nd be r g, Turku School of Economics, Finland This book focuses on customer-related proactive behaviour in the study of radical innovation development, combining a thorough theoretical discussion with detailed international case studies, considering the role of proactivity in five firms. March 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43307-5: $150.00

FORTHCOMING

Innovation and Sustainability

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Luc a Be rch ic ci

An Integrative Theory of Innovation Dynamics

This book produces a better understanding of the implications of environmental issues in new product development, examining how and to what extent environmental concerns or ambition of product developers influence the way new products are developed.

Mobility and Technology in the Workplace

Edited by S e r gh e i Fl o ri ce l, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada and D e bo r ah D ou gh e r ty, Rutgers University, USA

February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45464-3: $150.00

This book builds on empirical research and observation of renewal processes in several sectors of the economy, comparing these processes and highlighting the core systems, mechanisms and strategies that converge to produce continuous innovation. February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77589-2:

$140.00

NEW

Energizing Management Through Innovation and Entrepreneurship European Research and Practice

This book provides an in-depth understanding of key variables that play a significant role at the various stages of the innovation process, leading to successful commercialisation of products and services. August 2008: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-43929-9: $130.00

An Institutional Perspective on the Innovative Efforts of Banks and Insurance Companies P a t ri ck Ver m e u le n, Tilburg University, the Netherlands and J or g Ra a b, Tilburg University, the Netherlands

Innovation, Knowledge and Power in Organizations

NEW

T he od o ra A s im a k ou, University of Leicester, UK

Organizational Capital

This book examines knowledge and innovation in post-industrial societies and knowledge-based organizations. The author investigates the value of knowledge and the question of innovation management in a fully commercial environment for a technology company.

Modelling, Measuring and Contextualising

Knowledge and Innovation A Comparative Study of the USA, the UK and Japan H el e n B ro wn, University of Wolverhampton, UK

2007: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41663-4: $130.00

Using institutional theory to explain innovation and merging academic and critical analysis with practical recommendations, this book provides a full and rich account of how new products are brought to market; both the successes and failures. 2007: 192pp eBook: 978-0-203-96405-7 Hb: 978-0-415-39073-6: $160.00

July 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44346-3: $150.00

This book presents case studies from the US, the UK and Japan. Packed full of vignettes from cases studies and subscribing to a socio-cultural approach rather than the often tacit assumption that knowledge and “technology transfer” is a logistical problem, this excellent volume illuminates the often misunderstood process of knowledge transfer.

Innovations and Institutions

This international and multidisciplinary book draws together a diverse range of scholars to discuss the changes facilitated by the ongoing evolution of a range of technologies, such as wi-fi networks and mobile technologies.

FORTHCOMING

May 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42666-4: $130.00

Edited by M il é Te r zi ovs k i, University of Melbourne, Australia

Edited by Do na l d H i sl op, Loughborough University, UK

Knowledge and Innovation in Business and Industry

Edited by Ah m e d B ou nf o ur, University of Paris XII, France The most common types of intangible assets are trade secrets (e.g., customer lists and know-how), copyrights, patents, trademarks, and goodwill. This new volume introduces, and critically examines organizational capital as an intangible asset. September 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43771-4: $130.00

FORTHCOMING

The Global Airline Network in the Information Age Ton y H . G r ub e si c, Indiana University, USA and M a t th e w A . Z o ok, University of Kentucky, USA This books provides a fresh and innovative analysis of the evolving space-time structures of global air travel and city accessibility in the information age, focusing on the massive consumer/business market for air travel. August 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77535-9: $150.00

The Importance of Using Others Edited by H å k an H å k an ss o n, Norwegian School of Management, Oslo and A le xa n dr a Wa l us ze wsk i, Uppsala University, Sweden Provocative and reflective, this volume on the notion of knowledge and innovation in the business industry provides readers with a holistic approach to the subject of “knowledge”. 2007: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42529-2: $140.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

OPERATIONS/QUALITY MANAGEMENT

The Innovative Bureaucracy Bureaucracy in an Age of Fluidity A l e xa nd e r St yh re, Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden Original and based on unique empirical research in the areas of organization theory and organizational behaviour, focusing on two major companies, this work makes an invaluable contribution to the literature on bureaucracy and innovation. 2007: 240pp eBook: 978-0-203-96433-0 Hb: 978-0-415-39597-7: $140.00

Information and Communication Technologies in Rural Society Edited by Gre t e R us te n, Norwegian School of Economics, Bergen, Norway and S a ra h S k e rr a t t, Scottish Agricultural College, Edinburgh, UK

NEW

Insider Computer Fraud

Software and Organizations

An In-depth Framework for Detecting and Defending Against Insider IT Attacks

The Biography of the Enterprise-Wide System or How SAP Conquered the World

Ke nn e th B ra n ci k, Executive Security Consultant, Verizon Business, New York, USA

N e il P ol lo ck, University of Edinburgh, UK and R ob in W il l ia m s, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations Taking an empirical approach, this book presents a sociological study of the development, use and evolution of standardized computer systems and commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) software packages. August 2008: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40397-9:

$130.00

Technological Communities and Networks

Series: Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations

Triggers and Drivers for Innovation

Drawing on the experiences of individuals, households and businesses, this book offers an international view on being rural as information and communication technologies are applied more widely and allow people to be connected across geographies.

Series: Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations

2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-93429-6 Hb: 978-0-415-41116-5: $120.00

FORTHCOMING

D im i t ri s As s im a k op ou lo s, University of Grenoble, France

Timely and topical, this book explores how technological communities and networks shape a broad range of new computer based technologies in regional, national and international contexts.

Determining Project Requirements H a ns J on a ss on, JTC Unlimited, Michigan, USA,

N e i l A l de r m a n, Newcastle University, UK, C h ri s I vo ry, Newcastle University, UK, Ia n Mc lo ug hl in, Newcastle University, UK and R og e r Va ug h an, Newcastle University, UK

Series: ESI International Project Mgmt Series

The major investments which constitute complex long-term projects represent an increasingly important source of economic activity, often with particularly significant consequences for economic growth and public policy. This informative volume expertly contributes to broader debates concerning new organizational forms, knowledge management and organizational learning and the management of innovation in project-based settings.

2007: 504pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4659-5: $79.95

Operations/Quality Management Practical Guide to Project Planning Series: ESI International Project Mgmt Series

Networks, Knowledge and Innovation

Concerned with the management of complex longterm engineering projects, this important volume, of great interest to postgraduate students of business, technology management and engineering, reports on a set of rich, novel and unique findings concerning the conduct and management of three high profile and complex projects.

Drawing from two decades experience assessing the adequacy of IT security for the banking and securities industries, Kenneth Brancik covers application risks and controls, web-service security, identification and mitigation of fraud.

Ri ca rd o V ia na Va r ga s, Macrosolutions SA, Belo Horizonte, Brazil

2007: 256pp eBook: 978-0-203-41746-1 Hb: 978-0-415-33480-8: $140.00

Managing Complex Projects

Series: Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations

Employees know a company’s computer system better than anyone and have access to very important information about the company and its customers. This access makes greedy or disgruntled employees potential candidates to sabotage a system or to sell privileged information. Illustrated with case studies, Insider Computer Fraud presents safeguards and techniques that IT professionals can employ to protect against insider computer fraud.

Determining Project Requirements provides a generalized set of repeatable processes designed to ensure communication between customers and developers. It covers the role of the business analyst, the evolution of business analysis, and standard setting forces in the industry. It uses a fictional example to demonstrate the range of general, rather than specific, techniques and gives a broad overview of a multitude of business analysis issues to facilitate selection of the best approach for various projects. There are built-in exercises, best practices, tools, and templates, and general and customisable solutions, as well as two examples of the Business Requirements Document.

This practical, hands-on guide jumpstarts project planning in any organization. Easy-to-follow examples demonstrate how to create the documentation and reports needed to develop and to execute project plans. This book is filled with insightful tips on using the most popular project management tools and software, including Mindmanager for initial planning sessions, Milestone Project Companion for report generation, and Microsoft Project, the most widely used tool for project planning. With templates that can be customized to any type of project, Practical Guide to Project Planning also presents standard project planning processes and principles that comply with PMI’s PMBOK® 3.0. 2007: 232pp Pb: 978-1-4200-4504-8: $49.95

October 2007: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4502-4: $59.95

February 2009: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-29958-9: $130.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

OPERATIONS/QUALITY MANAGEMENT

2ND EDITION

The Complete Project Management Office Handbook G e ra r d M . H il l, Principal, Hill Consulting Group, Woodbridge, Virginia, USA Series: ESI International Project Mgmt Series The second edition of The Complete Project Management Office Handbook extends the concepts and considerations of modern project management into the realm of project management oversight, control, and support. Recognizing the need for a centralized organizational entity—the project management office (PMO)—to perform in this capacity, this book considers five stages of PMO along a competency continuum, establishing the depth of its functional responsibility.

Operational Excellence

E d C . M e rca d o, Star Building Systems, Lockeford, California, USA

Using Lean Six Sigma to Translate Customer Value Through Global Supply Chains

Using a clear, organized, and accessible building block approach to managing inventory, Hands-On Inventory Management offers complete coverage of the basic concepts, calculations, and techniques of inventory. These fundamental techniques, which can be easily applied to handle problems in the workplace, are used to demonstrate current concepts such as lean principles and continuous improvement. Numerous case studies from a variety of industries are provided to illustrate concepts. Additional topics presented include types of inventory, inventory transactions, bills of materials, planning and replenishment, storage and physical control, as well as supply chain management and technology.

J a m e s W i ll ia m M a rt i n, Six Sigma Integration, Inc., Rehoboth, Massachusetts, USA

2007: 128pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8326-7: $59.95

Presenting 110 key concepts designed to translate the voice of the customer throughout global supply chains, this volume is a practical source of information for organizations seeking to increase productivity and improve shareholder satisfaction. Recognizing that failure is often self-induced through poor leadership and an inability to form and execute a strategic vision, the author shows how to increase global competitiveness through the application of Six Sigma. He details crucial implementations needed for enhanced productivity, while also explaining how to establish seamless information-sharing throughout global supply chains, paying particular attention to the role of IT. 2007: 664pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6250-2: $89.95

Facility Logistics

This revised edition also presents twenty functional models that can be used to guide deliberation and development of PMO operational capability. The text provides a starting point for readers to resolve their specific project management needs. 2007: 752pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4680-9: $89.95

Rightsizing Inventory J o se ph L. A i e ll o, Consultant, Mahwah, New Jersey, USA Series: Resource Management Based on forty-five years of supply chain management, Joseph Aiello delivers the most thorough examination of inventory control available. This recognized authority discusses how the entire internal and external supply chain of today contributes to, or challenges, efforts to optimize product inventory and delivery. Articulated by actual examples, Aiello discusses both obvious and hidden factors, including those related to sales, marketing, purchasing, manufacturing, warehousing, IT, and distribution. The appendix includes 150 tips on how to ’rightsize’ inventory. Through this examination of inventory, this book provides a pragmatic overview regarding the workings of an efficient supply chain. August 2007: 512pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8515-5: $79.95

Hands-On Inventory Management

Approaches and Solutions to Next Generation Challenges

Patterns for Performance and Operability

Edited by Ma h e r La hm a r, University of Houston, Texas

Building and Testing Enterprise Software

This volume explores recent developments in the technology, industrial practices, and business environments of facility logistics. It discusses the main trends impacting facility logistics operations, examines the basic functionalities and capabilities of warehouse management systems, and outlines a comprehensive yet simple method for the quick assessment of warehouse performance. The book also presents a set of solutions to emerging challenges in facility logistics, along with procedures to better plan and manage logistics activities. The final chapter reviews educational resources and offers examples of how multimedia tools can be used to develop new teaching material. 2007: 336pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8518-6: $79.95

C h r is For d, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, I do G il ea d i, Capco Consulting, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, S a nj iv P ur ba, Infomaxium Inc., North York, Ontario, Canada, and Mi k e M o er m a n, Capco Consulting, Toronto, Ontario, Canada December 2007: 344pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5334-0: $69.95

NEW 2ND EDITION

Business Resumption Planning Edited by Le o A . Wro be l

NEW 2ND EDITION

Lean Performance ERP Project Management Implementing the Virtual Lean Enterprise, Second Edition Br i an J . C a r ro ll, Performance Improvement Consulting Inc., Donners Grove, USA

Lean Performance ERP Project Management: Implementing the Virtual Lean Enterprise presents a lean business process design and implementation project management methodology that integrates strategy, people, process, information technology, and lean to manage the project implementation of the virtual lean enterprise. This book uses a conversational tone to facilitate understanding of concepts. It demonstrates the need to connect lean performance with IT to achieve maximum performance. It discusses the best business process methodologies and how to integrate them. The text also features a lean tool kit that requires participation from all departments of an organization.

Offering practical advice along with templates, checklists, and directions to public domain information, Bu si ne s s R e su mp t io n Pl a nn in g, Se c on d E d it io n assists in creating a solid disaster response and recovery plan for any size organization – including for ground zero events – whether involving computers, communications, and/or infrastructure. Proven consultant, Leo Wrobelpresents methods for the implementation and maintenance of infrastructure continuity planning. He offers updated techniques for conducting a business impact analysis and computing the probability of a disaster. He also discusses the Sarbanes-Oxley act. An included CD provides a host of worksheets and audit forms. May 2008: 544pp Hb: 978-0-8493-1459-9: $89.95

January 2008: 456pp Hb: 978-0-8493-0532-0: $69.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Changes in Regional Firm Founding Activities A Theoretical Explanation and Empirical Evidence D i r k For na h l, Max-Planck Institute for Research into Economic Systems, Jena, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition Part of the highly successful Studies in Global Competition series and written by an author based at the Max Planck Institute in Jena, this book looks at the medium to long term development of firm founding activity. 2007: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40409-9: $160.00

Competitiveness of New Industries Institutional Framework and Learning in Information Technology in Japan, the U.S and Germany Edited by Co r n e li a S to r z, University of Marburg, Germany and An dr e as M oe r k e Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book, the result of an international research project, comprises a comprehensive comparison of three key countries. Adopting an institutional approach, with top level contributors, it analyzes political factors in conjunction with entrepreneurial ones. 2007: 328pp eBook: 978-0-203-96360-9 Hb: 978-0-415-41624-5: $180.00

NEW

e-Governance Managing or Governing? Edited by Le sl ie B ud d, The Open University, UK and L is a Ha r r is, University of Southampton School of Management, UK Series: Routledge eBusiness Taking a multidisciplinary approach, this book explores eGovernance in theory and practice with an analytical narrative from heterodox perspectives. Covering such essential issues as global governance of the internet, the rise of eUniversities, internet accessibility for the disabled, and eGovernance in transition economies, the book draws on contributions from experienced academics and practitioners with an expertise in an emerging field. In addition, each chapter includes such features as key learning points, mini-case studies, and discussion questions to help facilitate use in the classroom.

2ND EDITION

NEW

Marketing the e-Business, Li sa H a r r is, University of Southampton School of Management, UK and C ha r l es D e nn is, Brunel University, London, UK Series: Routledge eBusiness

Entrepreneurship Theory & Context C ar ol e H owo r th, Lancaster University, UK and P a u l We s t he a d, University of Nottingham, UK

Fully updated to reflect the latest developments in emarketing, Marketing the eBusiness, Second Edition unpicks the challenges of e-marketing for many types of business. It uses topical case studies and accompanying web material to provide an up-todate study of effective marketing strategies. This updated edition features coverage of such emerging topics as: •mobile marketing

Entrepreneurship is one of the fastest growing subject areas in the business and management area with an increasing number of specialist MBAs and Masters courses being developed.

•social networking and blogging

Student-friendly, with a wealth of paedogogical features, plenty of boxed examples, five recurring indepth case studies, and an accompanying lecturer support website, this book illustrates the development of ideas through the life of real-life entrepreneurial ventures drawn from a variety of countries.

•e-segmentation •customer relationship marketing online Providing a new approach to the subject matter, this book analyses the benefits of e-marketing as a tool for improving efficiency and effectiveness rather than promising business revolution. Written in a student-friendly style and fully enhanced with such pedagogical features as topic maps, boxed examples and discussion questions, the book is ideal for use by students. 2007: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-96500-2: $155.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96501-9: $44.99

December 2008: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-40535-5: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40536-2: $48.95

FORTHCOMING

Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Regional Development J ay Mi t ra, University of Essex, UK

Growing your Business A Handbook for Ambitious Owner-Managers G er a rd B ur k e, Li z C la r k e, P a u l B a rr ow and D a vid M ol ia n, all at Cranfield University School of Management, UK

Growing Your Business helps owner/managers develop growth strategies for their businesses by providing frameworks, ideas, inspiration and handson assignments. Its contents are a distillation of the authors’ knowledge and experience, which has successfully helped hundreds of owner/managers to grow and develop their businesses and themselves over the last twenty years. Filled with case studies and examples of businesses involved with the world-renowned Business Growth and Development Programme (BGP) at the Cranfield School of Management, this book covers all industry sectors and includes high profile names such as Karan Bilimoria of Cobra Beer, Angus Thirlwell of Hotel Chocolat and Lara Morgan of Pacific Direct. 2007: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-40517-1: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40518-8: $44.95

Providing a theoretical underpinning to entrepreneurship, this textbook, authored by two leading academics in the field, gives an overview of the context and theory of entrepreneurship, and illustrates the progress and development of the field.

The first definitive text on entrepreneurship and innovation management, this book examines both large and small businesses, and other organizations concerned with the creation and development of new products, services and new management strategies. Its distinctiveness stems from its wide, inclusive focus, its use of international case studies and its ability to emphasize the symbiotic relationship between innovation, organizational learning, and entrepreneurship in different types of organizations. This book introduces and explains the value of entrepreneurship and innovation for business and regional economic development and firmly establishes the link between entrepreneurship, innovation and learning in business and economic regeneration, and the contributory factors for their success. In addition it supports postgraduate teaching and research thorough explanation and the provision of empirical evidence and practical examples, and introduces original ideas, empirical concepts and practical examples on the subject. January 2009: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40515-7: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40516-4: $48.95

September 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-96517-0: $135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96518-7: $41.95

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS

High-Tech Entrepreneurship

Critical Company Law

NEW

Managing Innovation, Variety and Uncertainty

A Guide to The Companies Act 2006

Edited by M ich e l B e r n a sco ni, CERAM Sophia Antonopolis, France, S im o n H a r r is, Stirling University, UK and Me t t e Mo e ns t e d, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark

S al e e m Sh e ik h An easy to use guide to the Companies Act 2006 and packed full of helpful features, this book provides detailed commentary on the new Companies Act.

Specifically focusing on the mix of theory and practice needed to accurately inform students, the key topics covered include: •uncertainty and innovation •entrepreneurial finance •marketing technological innovations •high-tech incubation management. Including case studies to give practical insights into genuine business examples, this comprehensive book has a distinctly “real-world” focus throughout. Edited by a multi-national team, it draws together leading writers and researchers from across Europe, making it a must-read for all those involved in advanced entrepreneurship with specific interests in high-tech start-ups. 2006: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-38058-4: $145.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38059-1: $46.95

Offering a chapter by chapter analysis of the legal and practical implications of the Act, the author traces the background to the act, considering the various Consultation Documents and White Papers issued by the Government, the proposals for company law reform and their culmination in the Company Law Reform Act. It contains: •helpful checklists for the busy practitioner •section by section commentary •useful appendices of materials and extracts on an accompanying Companion Website. This is an invaluable and handy resource for undergraduate students and practitioners studying or working in business and company law. April 2008: 1432pp Pb: 978-0-415-42107-2: $99.95

NEW

Bourne on Company Law

The Social Origins of Failure and Success

N ich ol a s B ou r n e, Conservative Leader, Welsh Assembly, UK

E r ik R in gm a r, London School of Economics, UK This contemporary text provides an introduction to some of the main theories and practices of entrepreneurship. It discuses what entrepreneurship is and who entrepreneurs are, and which factors social, institutional and cultural - influence and facilitate their development. These ideas are extrapolated into a discussion of how organizations develop an entrepreneurial spirit, and what role entrepreneurship plays in achieving economic growth.

Fully revised and including the new Company Law reform Act, this accessible textbook with its own companion website, featuring a range of pedagogical material, is written specifically for undergraduate students new to the study of company law. 2007: 368pp Pb: 978-1-84568-031-2: $51.95

NEW

Engagingly written, and full of original insights and examples, this book is of great interest to anyone interested in all aspects of the phenomenon of entrepreneurship.

The Companies Act 2006 A Commentary on the New Legal Regime W il li a m Re e s, Barrister at Law, UK

September 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-39031-6: $135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39032-3: $39.95

This book provides a comprehensive exposition of the new Companies Act. It explains the CA 2006 regime as a whole, including a number of the Regulations made under it and with reference to some Regulations still in draft form at the time of writing.

The Economics of Small Firms An Introduction P e t er J o hn so n, Durham University, UK

August 2008: 750pp Hb: 978-0-415-44246-6: $130.00

Student-friendly and international in scope and relevance, this book provides an accessible introduction to the economics of small business for those with little knowledge of economics.

Using a contextual and critical framework; drawing on the influence of American law and legal scholarship and a case study of mutual building societies’ march to the market and corporate identity, this book argues that modern company law is shaped by economics, ideology and existing law and that the state of the law at any one time is determined by the constantly shifting dynamic between them. Scrutinizing the Companies Act 2006 in-detail and tracing the history of the fundamental principles of company law, Talbot explores: •the doctrine of separate corporate personality •directors’ duties •minority protection and the doctrine of ultra vires. Invigorating this much studied area; uncovering the social factors that continue to inform it and the political nature of the law itself, this textbook is an invaluable resource for all those studying company law. 2007: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-42542-1: $54.95

4TH EDITION

The Culture of Entrepreneurship

L or r a in e Ta l bo t, London Metropolitan University, UK Multi-disciplinary in approach, this comprehensive volume examines English company law from both a socio-legal and black letter perspective.

NEW

Information Technology and Competitive Advantage in Small Firms B r ia n We b b, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and F ra n k S chl e m me r Series: Routledge Studies in Small Business Does IT matter? This book argues that even as IT hardware, software, data and associated processes are becoming more of a commodity, it has never been more important to manage IT as a strategic asset. However, managing IT as a strategic asset is notoriously difficult, as is studying the impact of IT on firm performance. This book sets out to identify, explain and critically evaluate current research in this area. Beginning with a thorough introduction to Schumpeterian economic theory the authors re-cast the pre-eminent theory in strategic management research (the Resource Based View) in the light of a Schumpeterian analysis and identify Dynamic Capabilities as an extension of, but also a radical departure from, RBV. The role of IT as an endogenous technology is discussed and it is argued that how we define IT determines not only how we study it but also how we use it and benefit from it. September 2008: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-41799-0: $130.00

This informative text is an essential purchase for anybody studying business and management who is eager for an easy-to-use and engaging overview of economics, entrepreneurship and small business. 2007: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-39337-9: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39338-6: $47.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS

NEW

Managing Knowledge and the Small Firm C o li n G r a y, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Small Business Offering a new understanding of familiar material, this new volume looks at small businesses from a knowledge perspective, exploring how knowledge management can affect both the behaviour and performance of small businesses. August 2008: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-34947-5: $140.00

The Evolving Firm in the Evolving Context Coordinating Competences P ä ivi O in a s, Helsinki School of Economics, Finland Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This volume offers a broad social scientific view of ’the firm’ and will prove to be an outstanding contribution to evolutionary political economy, economic geography and business economics as a whole. October 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33966-7: $130.00

NEW

Small Business in Britain New Labour and Entrepreneurship T im o t hy M a y, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK and J o hn Mch ug h, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Small Business Focusing on the nature of policy and the policymaking process, this book explores the small business policies the Labour Government has pursued since 1997 and on how they have been constructed and implemented. August 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36489-8: $150.00

NEW

The Formation and Development of Small Business Issues and Evidence P e t e r J oh ns on, Durham University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Small Business Here Peter Johnson has put together a collection of his groundbreaking research. Now in one volume for the first time, it will be of great interest to those in every area of business and economics. April 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39409-3: $130.00

The Internationalization of Small Firms A Strategic Entrepreneurship Perspective S h a me e n P ra s ha n t ha m, University of Glasgow, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Small Business Drawing on empirical case study research carried out in the Bangalore software industry, this book explores the role of network relationships in the internationalization of small knowledge-intensive firms. 2007: 192pp eBook: 978-0-203-94052-5 Hb: 978-0-415-43177-4: $140.00

Embedded Entrepreneurship The Institutional Dynamics of Innovation A le x an de r E b ne r, University of Erfurt, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book reconstructs the theory of entrepreneurship from an institutionalist perspective, providing a fresh account of current theorising on entrepreneurship, specifically addressing Schumpeterian and Neo-Schumpeterian thought. December 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45976-1: $150.00

FORTHCOMING

Enterprise and Deprivation Small Business, Social Exclusion and Sustainable Communities A la n So ut h e r n, University of Liverpool, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship There is little doubt that in recent years enterprise has been considered an essential approach in the alleviation of deprivation existing in the developed world. The assumption is that area-based initiatives provide a means by which enterprise can include all members of society in mainstream social and economic activities. The rationale behind this book is to critically challenge the notion that enterprise can address the complexity behind deprivation and social exclusion by demonstrating UK and North American examples. The contributions in this edited collection offer a distinct opportunity in respect of both theoretical and empirical advancement. The authors hale from both sides of the Atlantic and form an interdisciplinary group to provide complementary perspectives in this field. April 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45815-3: $150.00

NEW

Entry and Post-Entry Performance of Newborn Firms

Entrepreneurial Learning

M ar co Viv ar e ll i, Universita Cattolicà del Sacro Cuore, Italy

Edited by Ri ch ar d T. H a r r is on, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and C la i re M . Le it ch, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition

Entry and Post-Entry Performance of Newborn Firms focuses on newborn firms, analyzing the determinants of entry, survival and post-entry performance. 2007: 160pp eBook: 978-0-203-93401-2 Hb: 978-0-415-37981-6: $140.00.

Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship This book addresses the burgeoning interest in organizational learning and entrepreneurship, bringing together for the first time a collection of new papers dealing explicitly with entrepreneurial learning. January 2008: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-39416-1: $145.00

Street Entrepreneurs People, Place, & Politics in Local and Global Perspective Edited by J o hn C ros s, Kent State University, USA and A l f on so Mo r a le s, University of Wisconsin, Madison, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy Filling the gap in the available literature, in this book the editors use international case studies to explore street vending and informal economies which continue to be, especially in developing countries, a vital economic driver. 2007 eBook: 978-0-203-08674-2 Hb: 978-0-415-77028-6: $160.00

Conceptual Frameworks and Applications

NEW

Entrepreneurship and Organisation Politics, Passion, and Creation D an i el H jo r t h, Entrepreneurship and Small Business Research Institute (ESBRI), Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in Business Organizations and Networks Following an explosion of interest in entrepreneurship this book provides a discussion of the historical, philosophical, conceptual and practical problems and challenges of relating organisation and entrepreneurship. July 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42334-2: $130.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS • BUSINESS HISTORY

FORTHCOMING

The Political Economy of the Small Firm

Keynes on Monetary Policy, Finance and Uncertainty

C ha r l ie D a nn re u th e r, University of Leeds, UK

Reassessing Liquidity Preference Theory

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

J ör g Bi bo w, Hamburg University, Germany

Since the early 1970s the small firm has received considerable attention from economists and politicians in the UK and Europe. This book approaches the subject from a political science perspective.

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics In this book, Jörg Bibow illustrates how Keynes’ methodology inspired his economic theorizing and how this led to fundamental insights concerning the role of money that contrasted with orthodox closedsystem modelling.

February 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-19856-1: $110.00

January 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-35262-8: $130.00

NEW

The Entrepreneurial University

Keynes’s Theoretical Development

C la i re M . Le it ch, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK, R ich a rd T. H a r r is on, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and Ge of f Gre g so n, University of Edinburgh, UK

From the Tract to the General Theory To sh ia k i H ir a i, Sophia University, Tokyo, Japan

Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

This book provides a comprehensive review of the entrepreneurial university based on both a systematic examination of existing debates and the results of detailed new international research on key elements of the construct.

Comprehensive and authoritative, this book, written by a recognized authority on the subject explores the contributions to modern economics by John Maynard Keynes and addresses neglected, yet crucial aspects of the genesis of Keynesian economics.

July 2008: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-41115-8: $130.00

2007: 188pp eBook: 978-0-203-01295-6 Hb: 978-0-415-36279-5: $140.00

Business History

A Cultural History of Finance FORTHCOMING

Ir en e Fi ne l- H o ni gm a n, Columbia University, New York, USA

Business History

Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History

Fr a nc o A m a t or i, University of Bocconi, Milan, Italy and An dr e a Co ll i, University of Bocconi, Milan, Italy A major new textbook on business history, this innovative and unusual work has brought together the expertise of two internationally renowned authors to provide an exceptional resource for all students of business history.

The world of finance is ever influenced by the transformational impact of technology, financial decision makers and institutions as well as political, societal and cultural forces. This important new book will demonstrate how finance is affected by key political and social forces and cultural norms, and shows how they have determined the progression, development, destruction and renewal of financial life in Europe, Russia and the United States.

Global in scope, this volume adopts a comparative approach, examining both the major players (Europe, US and Japan) and emerging economies (China, the Far East and South America) as well as covering developments that have taken place in business over the last two centuries. Focusing mainly on “big business” Amatori and Colli critically analyze “the firm” and its interaction with the evolution of economic, technological and political systems at micro and macro levels to trace the evolution of a national or a macro-regional system.

Edited by Jo hn C . Woo d, Edith Cowan University, Australia and Mi cha e l C . Wo od Series: Critical Evaluations in Business and Management Alfred D. Chandler (1918–2007) was the founder of modern business history. He was a critical early influence on strategic management and is famous for the dictum that ‘structure follows strategy’. This two-volume collection, a new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Evaluations in Business and Management, gathers together the key journal articles and other vital research on Chandler to enable students and scholars to explore fully the impact of his ideas. Together with an extensive annotated bibliography and a full index, the collection has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editors, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and will be valued by scholars and students of business and management as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. 2007: 800pp Hb: 978-0-415-45476-6: $650.00

Herbert Simon (3 Volume set) Edited by Jo hn C . Woo d and Mi ch a el C . Woo d Series: Critical Evaluations in Business and Management

FORTHCOMING

Complexities and Comparisons

Alfred D. Chandler: Critical Evaluation

The initial focus of the book is the European scene before moving on to identify the United States as “the breeding ground” of modern world financial history, with references to cultural and commercial exchanges between former Ottoman, Asian and Western nations and empires. July 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77102-3: $130.00

Herbert Simon (1916–2001) was a polymathic intellectual. A founding figure of the field of artificial intelligence, he gained renown in the 1950s (with Allen Newell) as the creator of the first ‘thinking machine’. Simon was also a central figure during the cognitive revolution in psychology in the 1960s as scientists began to use computer models to study the thought processes of humans. His desire to understand decision-making led him to develop his economic theory of ‘bounded rationality’ (he also coined the term ‘satisficing’) and in 1978 he won the Nobel Prize in economics for his pioneering research. With a new introduction and an extensive bibliography, this three-volume Routledge Major Work is an invaluable research resource. 2007: 1237pp Hb: 978-0-415-32587-5: $900.00

H. Igor Ansoff Critical Evaluations in Business and Management 2 vol Edited by Jo hn C . Woo d and Mi ch a el C . Woo d Series: Critical Evaluations in Business and Management This two-volume collection of text and articles about ’the father of strategic management’ is an invaluable research resource for both student and scholar.

An outstanding textbook, its historical/historiographical analysis of the development large corporations is a must have for all students studying courses in business history.

2007: 850pp Hb: 978-0-415-32557-8: $600.00

March 2009: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42396-0: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42397-7: $44.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

RESEARCH SKILLS โ ข GENERAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Research Skills

NEW

General Business Management

Producing Management Knowledge

The Routledge Companion To Creativity

2ND EDITION

Research as practice Edited by Ja n Lรถ wst e dt, Malardalen University, Sweden and To rb jรถ r n S t je r n be r g, Gothenburg University, Sweden Providing readers with a unique insight into conducting research, this exciting book describes the thought and work processes of researchers as they complete their projects. Engaging and accessible it investigates all the key aspects of this topic and advice on how to conduct interviews, study the everyday life of an organization, and many other standard methods of conducting research. This is not a prescriptive methodology textbook, rather it explores how to approach, think and act in interaction with the empirical field. Comprehensive and accessible, this thoughtprovoking text shows readers how to develop management investigations skills, and will be invaluable for final year undergraduates, masters and PhD students. 2006: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-38438-4: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38439-1: $55.95

Edited by Tu do r Ri ck a rd s, University of Manchester, UK, S us a n M og e r, University of Manchester, UK and M ar k R un co, Saybook Graduate School, San Francisco, USA

Understanding Business: Markets

True creativity can be as hard to define as it is to achieve. A complex and compelling area of study, this volume draws from a variety of subject areas to explore how creativity can be better understood, and used, in a range of contexts. The book not only centres creativity in wider organizational theory, but also defines the conditions in which creativity can flourish, and assesses how the contemporary business environment impacts on creative solutions.

Edited by Vi ve k S un e ja, The Open University Business School, UK

This volume is an essential purchase for anyone with an interest in creativity from a business, psychological or design perspective. The editors and contributors, each specialists in their field, provide readers with an insightful and cutting-edge resource. The text grounds the concept of creativity in a sound theoretical framework, as well as drawing on practical examples to illustrate how important these ideas are to anyone affected by creative designs and decisions. October 2008: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-77317-1: $150.00

Research Concepts for Management Studies

3RD EDITION

A l a n B e rk e l e y T ho m as, formerly of Manchester Business School, UK

Project Management Demystified 3rd Edition

By its very nature, management is a multidisciplinary enterprise. Despite this, management research has tended to be organized around a number of discrete management disciplines with their own methodological outlooks. As a result, researchers in different fields often find it difficult to appreciate work outside their own area of specialization, so inhibiting much-needed collaboration across disciplinary boundaries.

G eo ff R e is s, The Program Management Group, UK

Management has emerged as a major area of research that has attracted students in growing numbers. However, there are still relatively few texts that are tailored specifically to the needs and interests of management researchers. Together with its companion volume, Research Skills for Management Studies (Routledge, 2003), this book offers management students a challenging but accessible introduction to research methods and concepts, irrespective of their field of specialization. 2006: 224pp eBook: 978-0-203-48128-8 Hb: 978-0-415-34191-2: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34192-9: $33.95

Concise, practical and entertaining to read, this excellent introduction to project management is an indispensable book for professionals and students working in or studying project management in business, engineering or the public sector. Approachable and easy-to-use, it shows readers how, where and when to use the various project management techniques, demonstrating how to achieve efficient management of human, material and financial resources to make major contributions to projects and be an appreciated and successful project manager. This new edition contains expanded sections on programme management, portfolio management, and the public sector. An entirely new chapter covers the evaluation, analysis and management of risks and issues. A much expanded section explores the rise and utilization of methodologies like Prince2. 2007: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-42163-8: $39.99

A Multidimensional Approach to the Market Economy

Series: Understanding Business 2006: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-40501-0: $49.95

Handbook of Business Interest Associations, Firm Size and Governance A Comparative Analytical Approach Edited by Fr a nz Tra x le r, University of Vienna, Austria and G e rh a rd H ue m e r, European Association of Craft Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (UEAPME), Belgium This Handbook presents a theory of Business Interest Associations and fifteen empirical country by country case studies in the EU. The book is organized into three main parts. Part I develops a theory of business associations which centres on firm size as the key explanatory variable. Part II consists of country studies covering the EU15, which are written along strictly comparable lines of analysis. Part III contains the cross-nationally comparative analysis. The book will make essential reading for researchers working in organization studies, industrial relations, industrial sociology and political science, as well as practioners in related fields. 2007: 464pp eBook: 978-0-203-96107-0 Hb: 978-0-415-42466-0: $270.00

The Academy of Management Annals Volume 1 Edited by J a me s P. Wal sh University of Michigan, Ann Arbor and A r t hu r P. B ri e f, University of Utah, Salt Lake City This book is the inaugural volume of the new Academy of Management Annals which is a compendium of comprehensive and critical research written by top scholars of management and organizational studies. December 2007: 637pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6220-1: $80.00

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

GENERAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

The Pricing and Revenue Management of Services

Supply Chain Risk Management

A Strategic Approach

Edited by Ro be r t H a nd f ie l d, North Carolina State University, Raleigh and K e vin P. M cC or m a ck, DRK Research & Consulting, Raleigh, North Carolina

Minimizing Disruptions in Global Sourcing

I re ne C .L. N g, University of Exeter, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

Series: Resource Management

In a world of changing lifestyles brought about by new services, technology and e-commerce, this book enters the arena of contemporary research with particular topicality. Integrating both theory and real world practices, Ng advances the latest concepts in pricing and revenue management for services in a language that is useful, prescriptive and yet thought-provoking. 2007: 208pp eBook: 978-0-203-69659-0 Hb: 978-0-415-35077-8: $140.00

FORTHCOMING

AIDS and Business S a sk i a Fa ul k, University of Lausanne, Switzerland and Je a n -C l a ud e U su ni er, University of Lausanne, Switzerland Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies This collection of international case studies detailing why and how businesses take action on HIV/AIDS, provides a wealth of background information on the epidemic. February 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45463-6: $150.00

The Political Power of Business

The lifeblood of any business is the timely delivery of products and services. In the best possible world, if one plans accordingly, disruptions never occur. However, in the real world, disruptions do and will occur and the best business plans are those that anticipate and prepare for this inevitability, especially when dealing with international suppliers.

Go beyond theory — learn how to: •Define and anticipate risk •Build a resilient supply chain •Mobilize in the face of impending disaster •Make a full and quick recovery Supply Chain Risk Management: Minimizing Disruptions in Global Sourcing provides a detailed road map for the efficient delivery of products and services, while taking into account the high probability of costly delays and stoppages. With candid input from suppliers, automotive and retail companies, and professional consultants, this work delivers a pragmatic approach to managing supply chain risk in an era of globalization. With Proper Prior Planning Potential Disasters Become Mere Inconveniences All executives and managers share a common goal of reducing costs, streamlining processes and increasing profits. Within these pages, you will discover a winning game plan for efficiently navigating the complexities of supply chain risk in today’s global marketplace.

Dynamic Capabilities Between Firm Organisation and Local Systems of Production Edited by Ri cca rd o Le o nc in i, University of Bologna, Italy and Sa n dr o M on t re so r, University of Bologna, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book offers an analysis of how firms manage to reconfigure their pool of resources, to deal with the turbulent environments in which they are embedded, thus tackling the issue of how dynamic capabilities must be defined and conceptualized. 2007: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-40000-8: $170.00

FORTHCOMING

Targeting Regional Economic Development Edited by St e p ha n J. Go e tz, Pennsylvania State University, USA, S te v en D e ll e r and Tom H a r ri s Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book addresses the growing interest in cluster and targeted economic developments, reviewing the socioeconomic theoretical foundations of industry targeting and suggesting alternative methods of identifying industries for targeting. January 2009: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77591-5: $130.00

December 2007: 136pp Hb: 978-0-8493-6642-0: $79.95

Structure and Information in Public Policymaking P a t ri ck B er nh a ge n, University of Aberdeen, UK

Competing for Knowledge

Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics Investigates to what extent business can get what it wants politically as firms and trade associations have a better understanding of the likely effects of policy than politicians and because their decisions partly determine these effects.

Ro be r t H ug gi ns, University of Sheffield, UK and H iro I zus hi, Aston University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition Focusing on the dynamics of the knowledge economy, this volume provides an overview of the knowledge creation capabilities of economies, an examination of their growth performance and a detailed analysis of how the creation and connection of knowledge is becoming the key means of growing productivity.

2007: 192pp eBook: 978-0-203-93261-2 Hb: 978-0-415-45105-5: $130.00

NEW

Supply Chain Management

2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-37512-2: $160.00

Edited by S t e ve N e w, Said Business School, University of Oxford, UK Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and Management

NEW

A new title in the Routledge Critical Perspectives on Business and Management series, this Major Work is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research about supply chain management. May 2008: 1952pp Hb: 978-0-415-41678-8: $1250.00

Creating, Connecting, and Growing

Creativity and Innovation in the Cultural Economy Edited by P a ul J ef f cut t, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and An d y P ra t t, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This collection brings together international experts from different continents to examine creativity and innovation in the cultural economy. In doing so, the collection provides a unique contemporary resource for researchers and advanced students. August 2008: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41975-8: $170.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

www.routledge.com/business

INDEX

Abbott, Geoffrey......................................................31 Abdul-Rahman, Saaidah...........................................35 Abeysekera, Indra ....................................................45 Abrams, Jeff ..............................................................5 Academy of Management Annals, The ....................61 Accounting and Business Ethics ...............................44 Accounting and Empire ...........................................45 Accounting for Goodwill..........................................45 Accounting in Politics...............................................45 Acquisti, Alessandro.................................................52 Adachi, Yuko ...........................................................34 Advanced Capital Budgeting ....................................45 Advances Econometrics of Tourism Demand (series)................................................................35 Advertising Handbook, The......................................23 Agata, Koichiro ........................................................15 Ageing in Asia .........................................................38 AIDS and Business ...................................................62 Aiello, Joseph L. .......................................................56 Airline eCommerce ..................................................32 Alawattage, Chandana ............................................44 Alderman, Neil.........................................................55 Alexander, David ......................................................49 Alfred D. Chandler: Critical Evaluation .....................60 Allan, Williams .........................................................30 Alshawi, Mustafa .....................................................52 Alvesson, Mats.........................................................15 Amatori, Franco .......................................................60 Ambidextrous Organization, The..............................10 Ambler, Tim .............................................................37 Americanization of Industrial Relations, The...............7 Anderson, Patrick L. .................................................29 Andrews, Tim ..........................................................35 Andrews, Tim G.......................................................34 Andriole, Stephen J..................................................53 Ang, James S. ..........................................................41 Anheier, Helmut K. ..................................................18 Antonelli, Cristiano ..................................................53 Applied Game Theory and Strategic Behavior ..........29 Applied Measurement................................................7 Applied Organizational Communication...................27 Appraisal, Feedback and Development.......................7 Arner, Douglas .........................................................47 Art Business, The .....................................................19 Arts Management....................................................18 ASAA Women in Asia Series (series).........................38 Asimakou, Theodora................................................54 Assimakopoulos, Dimitris .........................................55 Atwater, Leanne E....................................................10 Auditing, Trust and Governance...............................44 Aula, Pekka..............................................................26 Ayers, James B. ........................................................22

Baets, Walter R.J. .....................................................30 Bagilhole, Barbara....................................................15 Baláž, Vladimir .........................................................35 Ball, Michael ............................................................50 Banerjee, Debdas .....................................................38 Bank Performance....................................................47 Banking in Central and Eastern Europe 1980-2006 .........................................................47 Banking Reform in Southeast Asia ...........................37 Banks, Erik ...............................................................46 Barclay, Kate ............................................................39 Barisitz, Stephan ......................................................47 Barreix, Alberto ........................................................48 Barrett, Peter ...........................................................15 Barrett, Sean ............................................................33 Barrow, Paul ............................................................57 Bartel, Caroline A.....................................................14 Baruch, Yehuda..........................................................1 BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies (series).............................34 Basics (series) .....................................................21, 46 Batey, Mark..............................................................25 Baughen, Simon ......................................................34 Baxter, Lynne B. ......................................................17 Beattie, Rona S. ...................................................8, 19 Bebbington, Jan.......................................................44 Beblavý, Miroslav .....................................................48 Becoming a Public Relations Writer ..........................27 Beechler, Schon..........................................................1 Behaviour and Rationality in Corporate Governance........................................................42 Bellinger, William K. .................................................18 Belussi, Fiorenza.......................................................34 Benckendorff, Pierre.................................................32 Benn, Suzanne...................................................13, 41 Benson, John ...........................................................37 Berchicci, Luca .........................................................54 Beretta Zanoni, Andrea ............................................45 Bernardi, Luigi..........................................................48 Bernasconi, Michel...................................................58 Bernhagen, Patrick...................................................62 Best Human Resource Management Practices in Latin America.....................................5 Best Practices in Business Technology Management......................................................53 Beulen, Erik..............................................................51 Beyond New Public Management ............................15 Bhatnagar, Jyotsna ...................................................36 Bibow, Joerg ............................................................60 Bierman, Jr., Harold..................................................45 Bikker, Jacob ............................................................47 Biondi, Yuri ..............................................................51 Bird, Allan ..................................................................9 Birks, David F............................................................22 Bjerre, Mogens ........................................................25 Blader, Steven ..........................................................14 Bloom, Martin..........................................................45 Bluhm, Christian ......................................................49 Böhm, Hans ...............................................................4 Boreham, Paul .........................................................51 Borooah, Vani ............................................................7

Bos, Jaap W.B. .........................................................47 Bouckaert, Geert......................................................17 Bounfour, Ahmed ....................................................54 Bourne on Company Law.........................................58 Bourne, Nicholas......................................................58 Bovaird, Tony ...........................................................15 Bovis, Christopher....................................................20 Bowles, Paul ............................................................32 Bradley, Gunilla ........................................................52 Branch, Alan E. ..................................................29, 32 Brancik, Kenneth ....................................................55 Brand Management .................................................25 Brand Meaning ........................................................25 Brands and Brand Management...............................25 Brandsen, Taco.........................................................19 Bredillet, Christophe ................................................41 Brewster, Chris...........................................................4 Brick & Mortar Shopping in the 21st Century ..........24 Brief, Arthur P. .........................................................61 Briscoe, Dennis R. ......................................................1 Broadbent, Kaye ......................................................38 Brodbeck, Felix C. ....................................................10 Brodsgaard, Kjeld Erik ..............................................39 Brouwer, Maria ........................................................42 Brown, Helen ...........................................................54 Brown, Reva ............................................................24 Brown, Stephen .......................................................24 Bruggeman, Jeroen ..................................................13 Buchanan, David A. .................................................13 Budd, Leslie .......................................................18, 57 Budhwar, Pawan S...........................................1, 3, 36 Building Big Business in Russia .................................34 Burchell, Jon ............................................................43 Burke, Gerard ..........................................................57 Burke, Ronald J....................................................9, 14 Burton, Dawn ....................................................24, 25 Business Continuity Management, Second Edition ...................................................28 Business History .......................................................60 Business Improvement .............................................28 Business Networks in Clusters and Industrial Districts ..............................................................34 Business Resumption Planning, Second Edition ........56 Business-Government Relations in Prewar Japan ......39 Busser, Rogier .........................................................40

C Callender, Guy ...................................................13, 16 Canziani, Arnaldo ....................................................51 Capital Budgeting Decision, Ninth Edition, The ........45 Capitalist Development in Korea ..............................40 Carroll, Brian J. ........................................................56 Carter, Bob ................................................................6 Caru, Antonella .......................................................24 Cesarano, Filippo .....................................................50 Chang, Dae-oup ......................................................40 Changes in Regional Firm Founding Activities ..........57 Changing Face of Korean Management, The ...........36 Changing Face of Management in China, The .........35 Changing Face of Management in South East Asia, The ............................................................35

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

INDEX

Changing Face of Management in Thailand, The .....35 Changing Face of People Management in India, The.....................................................................36 Changing Face of Women Managers in Asia, The ....36 Changing Organizational Culture .............................15 Chanlat, Jean-Francois .............................................41 Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics Series (series)......................................................49 Charlesworth, Julie ..................................................18 Chatterjee, Charles ..................................................34 Cherry, Judith...........................................................40 Chew, Celine ...........................................................20 Chhokar, Jagdeep S. ................................................10 Chiarella, Carl ..........................................................48 China Policy Series (series)........................................39 China’s Multinationals - The Resource Sector ...........38 China’s Post-Reform Economy - Achieving Harmony, Sustaining Growth..............................38 Chinese Banking Industry, The .................................38 Chinese Big Business in Indonesia ............................38 Chinese Business......................................................36 Chinese Business Enterprise .....................................36 Chinese Entrepreneurship in a Global Era.................39 Chinese Steel Industry, The ......................................39 Chinese Worlds (series) ............................................39 Chong, Derrick ........................................................19 Chris, Rowley...........................................................36 Christensen, Tom .....................................................17 Christopherson, Susan .............................................34 Chua, Christian........................................................38 CISO Leadership.......................................................11 Clark, Ian ...................................................................7 Clark, Jennifer..........................................................34 Clark, Timothy .........................................................12 Clarke, Linda..............................................................8 Clarke, Liz................................................................57 Clarke, Steve............................................................51 Clarke, Thomas..................................................40, 41 Claus, Lisbeth ............................................................1 Cleaver, Tony............................................................32 Clegg, Stewart R................................................14, 44 Climate Change and the Private Sector ....................50 Coffey, Vaughan ......................................................15 Coghlan, David ........................................................11 Coles, Tim................................................................31 Colli, Andrea............................................................60 Collings, David G. ......................................................2 Collins, David...........................................................12 Communities of Practice ............................................8 Community Finance .................................................50 Companies Act 2006, The........................................58 Comparative Corporate Governance in China ..........36 Competing for Knowledge.......................................62 Competing in Emerging Markets..............................31 Competition Law and Policy in the EC and UK .........34 Competitiveness of New Industries...........................57 Complete Project Management Office Handbook The, 2nd Ed........................................................56 Complexity and Organization ...................................30 Complexity and the Experience of Values, Conflict and Compromise in Organizations.........31 Complexity, Learning and Organizations ..................30

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Complexity, Management and the Dynamics of Change ..............................................................30 Complexity, Organizations and Change ....................30 Connolly, Michael ....................................................32 Construction Cost Management ..............................50 Consumer Law.........................................................24 Consumer Sales Law ................................................24 Consuming Books ....................................................24 Consuming Experience.............................................24 Consuming Symbolic Goods ....................................25 Contemporary Corporate Strategy ...........................35 Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility (series) ...........................................30 Contracting for Public Services .................................19 Cook, Malcolm ........................................................37 Cooney, Richard.........................................................6 Cooper, Cary L.....................................................9, 14 Co-opetition Strategy...............................................30 Cooren, Francois ......................................................27 Co-production..........................................................19 Corporate Governance and Corporate Finance.........41 Corporate Governance and Resource Security in China .............................................................42 Corporate Governance and Sustainability.................41 Corporate Governance Around the World................42 Corporate Governance, Finance and the Technological Advantage of Nations...................41 Corporate Social Responsibility.................................43 Corporate Social Responsibility in the Construction Industry ..............................................................43 Corporate Social Responsibility Reader, The..............43 Corporate Strategy...................................................14 Cova, Bernard..........................................................24 Crafts, Nicholas........................................................48 Crane, Andrew ........................................................43 Crawford, Lynn ........................................................41 Creating Sustainable Work Systems (2nd edn) .........12 Creative Philanthropy ...............................................18 Creative Strategic Organizing ...................................28 Creativity and Innovation in the Cultural Economy ...62 Credit and Collateral ................................................48 Credit and Consumer Society ...................................25 Crisis Communications .............................................27 Critical Company Law ..............................................58 Critical Concepts in Psychology (series) ....................12 Critical Evaluations in Business and Management (series)................................................................60 Critical Perspectives on Business and Management (series) .......................................22, 25, 34, 49, 62 Critical Perspectives on the World Economy (series)................................................................49 Cross, John ..............................................................59 Cross-Cultural Management.....................................34 Cross-Cultural Marketing .........................................24 Cultural History of Finance, A ..................................60 Culture and Leadership Across the World ................10 Culture of Entrepreneurship, The .............................58 Cunningham, Ian .....................................................20 Currie, Graeme ........................................................20

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

D Dagnino, Giovanni B. ...............................................30 Dainty, Andrew ..................................................15, 43 Daniels, Gary .............................................................6 Dannreuther, Charlie................................................60 Davila, Anabella .........................................................5 Dawson, John ..........................................................22 de Bruijn, Hans ........................................................18 De Dreu, Carsten K.W..............................................15 De Liso, Nicola .........................................................53 Debroux, Phillipe ......................................................40 Debt, Risk and Liquidity in Futures Markets..............48 DeCarlo, Neil ...........................................................53 Decrop, Alain ..........................................................35 Defence Procurement and Industry Policy ................42 Deller, Steven ...........................................................62 Demystifying Business Celebrity ...............................12 DeNisi, Angelo ...........................................................1 Dennis, Charles........................................................57 Deregulation and the Airline Business in Europe ......33 Design Management................................................25 Desmond, John........................................................23 Determining Project Requirements ...........................55 Development on the Ground ...................................34 di Vimercati, Sabrina ................................................52 Diamond, John ..................................................18, 34 Dickmann, Michael ................................................1, 4 Diefenbach, Thomas ................................................14 Digital Economy, The ...............................................52 Digital Privacy ..........................................................52 Dillard, Jesse ............................................................42 Disorganization Theory ............................................12 Diversity Management ...............................................5 Diversity Resistance in Organizations........................13 Docherty, Peter ........................................................12 Doherty, Tony L. .......................................................17 Doing Business in China...........................................37 Dokuchaev, Nikolai ..................................................47 Dolfsma, Wilfred................................................25, 52 Double Accounting for Goodwill..............................45 Dougherty, Deborah.................................................54 Drennan, Lynn T. ......................................................19 Druker, Janet..............................................................6 Drummond, Helga ...................................................48 du Toit, Angélique ...................................................14 Dujon, Veronica .......................................................42 Dunn, Stephen.........................................................50 Dunphy, Dexter..................................................13, 41 Dworkin, Terry M. ....................................................14 Dye, Kelly.................................................................11 Dynamic Capabilities Between Firm Organisation and Local Systems of Production ........................62 Dynamics of Organizational Collapse, The................48 Dynamics of Partnership in Financial Services, The .....6

www.routledge.com/business

INDEX

Ebner, Alexander......................................................59 Economic Analysis of Public Policy, The ....................18 Economic Development, Education and Transnational Corporations .................................34 Economic Policy Proposals for Germany and Europe ...............................................................33 Economic Power and Economic Strategy in Russia ...33 Economics of Commercial Property Markets 2nd edition, The.................................................50 Economics of Legal Relationships (series) .................51 Economics of Small Firms, The .................................58 Economics of Sports Broadcasting, The....................46 Edvardsson, Bo ........................................................14 Edwards, John Richard .............................................44 Efficiency and Management.....................................13 e-Governance ..........................................................57 Eicher, Theo .............................................................32 Elements of Shipping ...............................................32 Elliott, Dominic ..................................................28, 29 Elliott, Richard..........................................................25 Ellwood, Sheila ........................................................19 Elvira, Marta M. .........................................................5 Embedded Entrepreneurship ....................................59 Employee Resourcing in the Construction Industry ...15 Employment Relations in the Voluntary Sector .........20 Enderwick, Peter ......................................................31 Energizing Management Through Innovation and Entrepreneurship ................................................55 Enquist, Bo ..............................................................14 Enterprise and Deprivation .......................................59 Entrepreneurial Learning ..........................................59 Entrepreneurial University, The .................................60 Entrepreneurship......................................................57 Entrepreneurship and Organisation..........................59 Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Regional Development......................................................57 Entry and Post-Entry Performance of Newborn Firms ..................................................................59 Erturk, Ismail............................................................46 ESI International Project Mgmt Series (series) .....55, 56 Essentials of Corporate Communication ...................26 Ethical Dilemmas in Management ............................43 Ethics for the Built Environment ...............................43 Etzkowitz, Henry......................................................52 European Business ...................................................31 European Corporate Governance .............................41 Evans, Karen ..............................................................7 Evolving Firm in the Evolving Context, The...............59 Exploring Information Systems Research Approaches ........................................................51 Ezzamel, Mahmoud .................................................45

Facets of Corporate Identity, Communication and Reputation .........................................................26 Facility Logistics........................................................56 Fairbrother, Peter .......................................................6 Faulk, Saskia ............................................................62 Fearn-Banks, Kathleen .............................................28 Fellesson, Markus.....................................................22 Ferrand, Alain ..........................................................21 Ferraro, Jack ............................................................29 Ferretti, Federico ......................................................22 Fewings, Peter .........................................................43 Finance for Sport and Leisure Managers ..................46 Finance in Asia.........................................................47 Finance: The Basics ..................................................46 Financial Econometrics 2nd edition ..........................47 Financial Economics .................................................47 Financial Markets and the Macroeconomy ...............48 Financial Reporting in the UK...................................45 Financial System and Institutions in China ................37 Financialization and Strategy....................................28 Financialization At Work ..........................................46 Findlay, Anne ...........................................................22 Finel-Honigman, Irene..............................................60 Firm as an Entity, The...............................................51 Fiscal Decentralization and Local Public Finance in Japan .................................................................39 Fitzgerald, Louise .....................................................13 Fitzgerald, Todd .......................................................11 Flagship Marketing ..................................................24 Flaschel, Peter ..........................................................48 Fletcher, Clive.............................................................7 Floricel, Serghei........................................................54 Florkowski, Gary W. ...................................................2 Fombrun, Charles J. .................................................26 Ford, Chris ...............................................................56 Ford, Jackie ..............................................................20 Ford, Michele ...........................................................38 Foreign Direct Investment in Post-Crisis Korea..........40 Foresight..................................................................29 Formation and Development of Small Business, The.....................................................................59 Formula Funding of Public Services ..........................17 Fornahl, Dirk ............................................................57 Fortanier, Fabienne...................................................18 FougĂ¨re, Martin .......................................................22 Franke, Reiner..........................................................48 Freitag, Alan ............................................................26 Froud, Julie ........................................................28, 46 Fundamentals of Marketing .....................................23 Fundraising Management ........................................16 Future of Asian Trade and Growth (The) ..................37 Future of Payment Systems, The ..............................49

Gagnon, Georgette..................................................42 Galliers, Robert D.....................................................51 Garofoli, Gioacchino ................................................34 Garsten, Christina ....................................................43 Geckil, Ilhan K..........................................................29 Gelfand, Michele J. ..................................................15 Georgiou, Ion ..........................................................54 Gerrits, Lasse M. ......................................................19 Gileadi, Ido ..............................................................56 Global Airline Network in the Information Age, The.....................................................................54 Global Careers ...........................................................1 Global Compensation ................................................2 Global HRM (series) ...........................................1, 2, 3 Global Industrial Relations..........................................2 Global Leadership ......................................................9 Global Public Relations.............................................26 Global R&D in China ................................................39 Global Staffing...........................................................2 Global Supply Chain Management and International Logistics.........................................29 Globalisation and Japanese Organisational Culture ...............................................................40 Globalization and the Indian Economy.....................37 Globalizing International Human Resource Management........................................................7 Goetz, Stephan J......................................................62 Goldfield, Michael....................................................38 Gomez-Mejia, Luis .....................................................2 Goodall, Keith..........................................................39 Goodman, Roger .....................................................38 Gosling, Jonathan ......................................................9 Goss, Barry ..............................................................48 Gossip and Organizations ........................................13 Gottinger, Hans-Werner ...........................................53 Governance and Innovation .....................................42 Governance and Regulation in the Third Sector .......20 Governance and the Market for Corporate Control...............................................................41 Governance Gap, The ..............................................42 Governance of Strategic Alliances, The ....................42 Grant, David ............................................................14 Gratton, Chris..........................................................48 Gray, Colin...............................................................59 Green, Stuart ...........................................................15 Greene, Anne-Marie ..................................................5 Gregson, Geoff ........................................................60 Greve, Carsten .........................................................19 Griffin, Douglas .......................................................30 Griffiths, Andrew .....................................................13 Gritzalis, Stefanos ....................................................52 Growing your Business ............................................59 Grubesic, Tony H......................................................54 GĂśssling, Stefan ......................................................35 Guide to The Companies Act 2006, A .....................58 Gunnigle, Patrick .......................................................2 Guthey, Eric .............................................................12

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

INDEX

H H. Igor Ansoff Critical Evaluations in Business and Management 2 vol .............................................60 Haghirian, Parissa.....................................................38 Hainan - State, Society, and Business in a Chinese Province .............................................................39 Håkansson, Håkan ...................................................54 Haldane, Andrew.....................................................49 Hall, C. Michael .......................................................31 Hall, Michael C. .................................................30, 35 Hall, Peter ................................................................42 Hall, Richard ............................................................51 Halligan, John ..........................................................17 Handa, Jagdish ........................................................46 Handbook of Business Interest Associations, Firm Size and Governance ..................................61 Handbook of Consumer Psychology.........................25 Handbook of Consumer Research in Tourism ...........35 Handbook of Organizational Creativity.....................11 Handbook of Research in International Human Resource Management.........................................5 Handfield, Robert.....................................................62 Hands, David ...........................................................25 Hands-On Inventory Management ...........................56 Hanke, Michael........................................................32 Hanrion, Patrick .......................................................52 Hanson, Mark ..........................................................34 Hara, Takuji..............................................................40 Harding, Nancy ........................................................20 Hardy, Jonathan .......................................................23 Harland, Christine ....................................................16 Harper, Sarah ...........................................................38 Harris, Lisa ...............................................................57 Harris, Michael M. .....................................................5 Harris, Simon ...........................................................58 Harris, Thomas E. .....................................................27 Harris, Tom ..............................................................62 Harrison, Richard T. ..................................................60 Hart, Craig...............................................................50 Hart, Mark .................................................................7 Harvey, Geraint ..........................................................6 Hashim, S.R. ............................................................53 Hassard, John ..........................................................12 Haugtvedt, Curtis P. .................................................25 Hawkin, Sarah .........................................................23 Hazlett, Shirely-Ann .................................................28 Heding, Tilde ...........................................................25 Helms-Mills, Jean .....................................................11 Hendrischke, Hans ...................................................36 Heraty, Noreen...........................................................2 Herbane, Brahim......................................................28 Herbert Simon (3 Volume set) ..................................60 Hermens, Antoine....................................................42 Hernes, Tor ........................................................14, 43 Herr, Paul M.............................................................25 Heuvelhof, Ernst ten ................................................18 Higher Education Marketing ....................................23 High-Tech Entrepreneurship .....................................58 High-Tech Industries, Employment and Global Competitiveness .................................................53 Hill, Gerard M. .........................................................56 Hill, Rosemary ............................................................8

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Hirai, Toshiaki...........................................................60 Hislop, Donald .........................................................54 Hjorth, Daniel ..........................................................59 Hodkinson, Phil..........................................................7 Homburg, Vincent ...................................................53 Horne, Terry .............................................................17 Houldsworth, Elizabeth ..............................................3 House, Robert J........................................................10 Howorth, Carole ......................................................57 HRM in the Sport and Leisure Industry.......................5 Huang, Kun-Huang..................................................21 Huczynski, Andrzej...................................................12 Huemer, Gerhard .....................................................61 Huggins, Robert.......................................................62 Hughes, Jason............................................................8 Huimin, Gu ..............................................................40 Human Resource Management “with Chinese Characteristics” ....................................................5 Human Resource Management in Europe ..................4 Human Resource Management in Public Service Organizations .....................................................19 Human Resource Management in the Public Sector ...8 Human Resources Management ................................4 Humour, Work and Organization .............................11 Hunter, David J. .......................................................21 Huse, Morten...........................................................42 Hutchinson, Susan .....................................................3 Hyndman, Noel........................................................45

I Identity and the Modern Organization .....................14 Identity, Feeling and Sociality at Work......................14 Iedema, Rick ............................................................14 Imaging in Advertising .............................................25 Impact of European Integration on Regional Structural Change and Cohesion, The ................33 Improving Learning (series) ........................................7 Improving Workplace Learning...................................7 In an Outpost of the Global Economy......................52 India’s Emerging Financial Market ............................37 India’s Emerging Multinationals ...............................38 Industrial Innovation in China...................................39 Industrial Innovation in Japan...................................40 Industrial Relations in Education.................................6 Influence of Culture on Human Resource Management Processes and Practices, The ...........5 Information and Communication Technologies in Rural Society...................................................55 Information Systems ................................................53 Information Systems Strategic Management ............51 Information Technology and Competitive Advantage in Small Firms ...................................58 Innovating for Sustainability .....................................54 Innovation and Business Partnering in Japan, Europe and the United States.............................37 Innovation and Organization in Open Source Communities ......................................................54 Innovation Diffusion in the New Economy ...............53 Innovation in Japan..................................................40 Innovation in Small Construction Firms ....................15 Innovation, Knowledge and Power in Organizations .....................................................54

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

Innovation, Technology and Hypercompetition.........53 Innovations and Institutions .....................................54 Innovative Bureaucracy, The .....................................55 Inside Intuition .........................................................10 Inside the Factory of the Future .................................6 Insider Computer Fraud ..........................................55 Insourcing Innovation...............................................53 Inspiring Leaders ........................................................9 Integrative Theory of Innovation Dynamics, An ........54 Intellectual Capital Accounting.................................45 Intellectual Capital and Knowledge Management ....29 Interacting and Organizing ......................................27 International Business ..............................................30 International Business and Global Climate Change...31 International Business and National War Interests ....47 International Business and Tourism ..........................31 International Business Finance..................................32 International Business Geography ............................33 International Corporate Governance ........................40 International Economics ...........................................32 International Financial Co-Operation ........................48 International Financial Reporting Standards..............49 International Human Resource Management .........1, 4 International Management and Language................33 International Marketing ...........................................21 International Migration and Knowledge...................35 International Networking for Development ..............18 International Trade and Business Law Review: Volume XI ..........................................................34 International Trade and the Protection of the Environment.......................................................34 International Trade Theory .......................................33 Internationalisation of Competition Rules, The .........33 Internationalization of Small Firms, The....................59 Internationalization, Technological Change and the Theory of the Firm..............................................53 Introduction to Credit Risk Modeling, Second Edition................................................................49 Introduction to Stochastic Calculus Applied to Finance, Second Edition......................................49 Ivory, Chris ...............................................................55 Izushi, Hiro...............................................................62

J J. Sweeney, Brendan ................................................33 Jackson, Brad...........................................................12 Jackson, Keith......................................................4, 40 Jakupec, Viktor ..........................................................8 Japan Anthropology Workshop Series (series) ..........40 Japanese Joint Venture in the Pacific, A ...................39 Jay, Elaine ................................................................16 Jeffcutt, Paul ............................................................62 Jegers, Marc ............................................................20 Jerrard, Robert .........................................................25 Jewson, Nick..............................................................8 Jia, Xinting...............................................................42 Jie, Tang...................................................................37 Johal, Sukhdev...................................................28, 46 Johnsen, Åge ...........................................................45 Johnson, Debra..................................................30, 31 Johnson, Fern L........................................................25

www.routledge.com/business

INDEX

Johnson, Peter ...................................................58, 59 Jonasson, Hans ........................................................55 Jones, Barbara .........................................................53 Jones, Chris .............................................................47 Jones, Roger ............................................................34 Joyce, John ..............................................................46 Judge, Timothy A.....................................................14

K Kambayashi, Norio ..................................................40 Kanda, Hideki ..........................................................41 Kardes, Frank R........................................................25 Kawalek, John Paul ..................................................51 Kelemen, Mihaela ....................................................12 Kemp, Murray..........................................................33 Kent, Tony ...............................................................24 Ketley, Diane............................................................13 Key Readings in Crisis Management.........................29 Keynes on Monetary Policy, Finance and Uncertainty.........................................................60 Keynes’s Theoretical Development ...........................60 Kickert, Walter .........................................................20 Kim, Kon-Sik............................................................41 King, Mary C. ..........................................................42 Kinnie, Nicholas .........................................................3 Kira, Mari.................................................................12 Kirat, Thierry ............................................................51 Kirton, Gill .................................................................5 Knight, Louise..........................................................16 Knowledge and Innovation ......................................54 Knowledge and Innovation in Business and Industry ..............................................................54 Knowledge Economies.............................................52 Knudtzen, Charlotte F. .............................................25 Kolk, Ans .................................................................31 Kozak, Metin ..........................................................35 Krause, Micki ...........................................................11 Krieger-Boden, Christiane ........................................33 Kumar, Nagesh ........................................................38

L Labor, Globalization and the State ...........................38 Lægreid, Per ............................................................17 Lahmar, Maher.........................................................56 Lambrinoudakis, Costos ...........................................52 Langkau, Jochem .....................................................33 Lapsley, Irvine...........................................................45 Larke, Roy................................................................22 Larsen, Henrik Holt ....................................................2 Laurence, Anne........................................................47 Law and Consumer Credit Information in the European Community, The .................................22 Law for Foreign Business and Investment in China ...39 Law of International Business...................................34 Leadership at a Distance ..........................................10 Leadership, Feedback and the Open Communication Gap ..........................................10 Leadership: The Key Concepts....................................9 Lean Performance ERP Project Management ............56

Learmonth, Mark .....................................................20 Learning From Winners..............................................8 Leat, Diana ..............................................................18 Leaver, Adam.....................................................28, 46 Lee Cooke, Fang ......................................................35 Lee, Angela..............................................................15 Leitch, Claire M. ................................................59, 60 Lejot, Paul................................................................47 Lenton, Pamela .......................................................50 Leoncini, Riccardo ..............................................53, 62 Lerpold, Lin..............................................................11 Lewis, David.............................................................16 Li, Gang ..................................................................35 Liddle, Joyce ......................................................18, 34 Liesch, Peter.............................................................14 Liu, Chunhang .........................................................38 Liu, Hong.................................................................37 Liu, Qiao ..................................................................47 Liu, Zhong ...............................................................38 Lizieri, Colin .............................................................50 Lo, Vai Io..................................................................39 Localised Technological Change ...............................53 Löffler, Elke ..............................................................15 London, Manuel ........................................................8 Loveridge, Denis ......................................................29 Lowrey, Tina.............................................................24 Lowrey, Tina M. .......................................................26 Löwstedt, Jan...........................................................61 Lynn, Jr., Laurence E.................................................15

M MacCulloch, Angus..................................................34 Macer, Tim...............................................................22 Macgregor, Bryan D. ................................................50 Macintosh, Robert ...................................................30 Macklin, Audrey.......................................................42 Maclean, Donald......................................................30 MacLennan, Andrew................................................28 MacLeod, Alasdair M. .............................................17 Macleod, John .........................................................24 MacRury, Iain ...........................................................23 Making Policy Happen .............................................18 Making Strategy Work .............................................28 Malecki, Edward J. ...................................................52 Maltby, Josephine ....................................................47 Management Accounting Change ...........................44 Management and the Dominance of Managers .......14 Management Development........................................8 Management Ethics .................................................43 Management Gurus, Revised Edition........................12 Management in Networks .......................................18 Management in the Airline Industry...........................6 Management of International Business Networks.....33 Management of Non-Governmental Development Organizations, The .............................................16 Management Training and Development in China....39 Managerial Economics of Non-Profit Organizations .....................................................20 Managerialism, Public Sector Reform and Industrial Relations ..............................................................6 Managers and Mandarins in Contemporary China ...37

Managing and Marketing Radical Innovations..........54 Managing and Marketing Tourist Destinations .........35 Managing Complex Governance Networks ..............19 Managing Complex Projects.....................................55 Managing Finances and Accountability in the Public Sector ......................................................19 Managing for Health ...............................................21 Managing Global Legal Systems.................................2 Managing Human Resources in Central and Eastern Europe .................................................................2 Managing Human Resources in Europe......................2 Managing Human Resources in North America ..........3 Managing Human Resources in the Middle-East ........3 Managing Information and Knowledge in Organizations .....................................................51 Managing IT Outsourcing ........................................51 Managing Knowledge and the Small Firm................59 Managing People.......................................................3 Managing Performance............................................17 Managing Performance Improvement ......................17 Managing Public Services - Implementing Changes .............................................................17 Managing the City ...................................................18 Mantere, Saku .........................................................26 Marenzi, Anna .........................................................48 Maritime Economics.................................................32 Marketing and Consumption in Japan .....................22 Marketing Discourse ................................................22 Marketing Research .................................................22 Marketing the e-Business, Second Edition................57 Marketing the Sports Organisation ..........................21 Marketing: The Basics ..............................................21 Markowski, Stefan ...................................................42 Markus, M. Lynne ....................................................51 Marnet, Oliver..........................................................42 Martin, James William..............................................56 Martinez-Vazquez, Jorge..........................................21 Marturano, Antonio...................................................9 Mathematical Finance ..............................................47 Mathematics of Economics and Business .................50 Matsushima, Noboru ..............................................40 Matten, Dirk ............................................................43 Mattessich, Richard..................................................45 May, Timothy...........................................................59 Mayes, David .....................................................48, 49 Mayhew, Anne ........................................................47 Mayrhofer, Wolfgang.................................................2 Maznevski, Martha L..................................................9 McAdam, Rodney ....................................................28 McCabe, Darren ........................................................6 McCann, Deirdre........................................................7 McCarthy, Scott .......................................................21 McConnell, Allan .....................................................19 McCormack, Kevin P. ...............................................62 Mchugh, John..........................................................59 McIlroy, John..............................................................6 McKen, Katy ............................................................16 McKenna, Bernard ...................................................14 McKie, David ...........................................................27 McKinlay, Alan ...........................................................6 Mcloughlin, Ian........................................................55 McMillan, Elizabeth..................................................30 McPhail, Ken............................................................44

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

INDEX

Mead, Richard .........................................................34 Media Practice (series)........................................23, 27 Melewar, T.C............................................................26 Mellahi, Kamel...........................................................3 Mendenhall, Mark .....................................................9 Mendenhall, Mark E. .................................................3 Mercado, Ed C.........................................................56 Merchant, Hemant...................................................31 Mergers & Acquisitions ............................................29 Messenger, Jon C.......................................................7 Miceli, Marcia P. .......................................................14 Michailova, Snejina ....................................................2 Michelson, Grant .....................................................13 Milhaupt, Curtis.......................................................41 Millard, Stephen ......................................................49 Miller, Bob ...............................................................53 Mills, Albert J ...........................................................11 Mills, Terence ...........................................................48 Mishan, E.J. .............................................................45 Mitra, Jay.................................................................57 Mobility and Technology in the Workplace...............54 Mochida, Nobuki .....................................................39 Moens, Gabriel ........................................................34 Moensted, Mette .....................................................58 Moerke, Andreas .....................................................57 Moerman, Mike .......................................................56 Moger, Susan...........................................................61 Molian, David ..........................................................57 Moloney, Kevin ........................................................26 Monetary and Banking History.................................48 Monetary Economics, 2nd edition............................46 Monetary Growth Theory ........................................48 Monetary Policy in Central Europe ...........................48 Monetary Theory in Retrospect ................................50 Money and Payments in Theory and Practice ...........48 Montresor, Sandro ...................................................62 Moore, Karl .............................................................21 Moore, Tomoe .........................................................37 Moral Leader, The ......................................................9 Moral, Michel ..........................................................31 Morales, Alfonso......................................................59 Mordaunt, Jill...........................................................16 Morgenroth, Edgar ..................................................33 Moriset, Bruno.........................................................52 Morley, Michael J. ......................................................2 Morrison, Claudio ....................................................33 Moscardo, Gianna ...................................................32 Mosley, Paul ............................................................50 Moutinho, Luiz ........................................................21 Muir, Jenny ..............................................................20 Mukoyama, Masao ..................................................22 Multinational Corporations and the Emerging Network Economy in Asia and the Pacific...........38 Multinationals and Cross-Cultural Management.......38 Multinationals, Globalisation and Indigenous Firms in China ....................................................38 Multinationals, Technology and Localization in Automotive Firms in Asia....................................40 Munshi, Debashish...................................................27 Murphy, David .........................................................49 Murphy, Joanne .......................................................20 Murphy, Jonathan ....................................................33 Murphy, Laurie.........................................................32

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Murray, John A. .......................................................20 Murray, Michael .......................................................43 Mutch, Alistair .........................................................51 Mutti, John H...........................................................32

N Naciri, Ahmed..........................................................42 Nakhle, Carole .........................................................33 Narrating the Management Guru.............................12 Narrating the Rise of Big Business in the USA ..........47 National Currencies and Globalization......................32 Nayak, Satyendra S. .................................................37 Neale, Richard H ......................................................15 Near, Janet Pollex.....................................................14 Nelson, Mark D........................................................27 New Japan for the Twenty-First Century, A ..............40 New Technology @ Work .........................................51 New, Steve...............................................................62 Newberry, Sue..........................................................19 Newell, Sue..............................................................51 Ng, Irene C.L............................................................62 Nobes, Christopher ..................................................49 Nölke, Andreas ........................................................42 Nyssens, Marthe ......................................................20

O Oddou, Gary R.......................................................3, 9 Odegaard, Mary Ann ...............................................22 O’Dwyer, Brendan....................................................44 Ohlsson, Anne-Valérie................................................1 Oinas, Päivi ..............................................................59 Onkvisit, Sak ............................................................21 Open Market Operations and Financial Markets.......48 Operational Excellence .............................................56 Organisational Capital..............................................54 Organization Theory and the Public Sector ..............17 Organizational Change and Strategy........................11 Organizational Change for Corporate Sustainability ......................................................13 Organizational Identity in Practice ............................11 Organizational Psychology .......................................12 Osborne, Stephen P. ............................................8, 20 Osei, Philip...............................................................34 O’Shaughnessy, John ...............................................22 O’Shaughnessy, Nicholas..........................................22 Osland, Joyce.............................................................9 Ostroff, Cheri...........................................................14 Outsourcing and Human Resource Management .......6 Overbeck, Ludger.....................................................49 Overbeek, Henk .......................................................42 Owens, Keith ...........................................................24 Owens, Terry..............................................................5

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

P PAFTAD (Pacific Trade and Development Conference Series) (series) ..................................38 Paik, Yongsun ..........................................................36 Palacios, Juan J. .......................................................38 Pareek, Niketh .........................................................21 Parker, Rachel ..........................................................51 Parkinson, Ann ..........................................................3 Paton, Rob.........................................................16, 18 Patterns for Performance and Operability.................56 Paying for Progress in China ....................................39 Peak Performing Organization, The..........................14 Pearce, Philip ...........................................................32 Pellenbarg, Piet ........................................................33 Peng, Yuanyuan .......................................................38 Pensions and Pension Funding (4 vols) .....................49 People and Culture in Construction..........................15 People Make the Place, The .....................................13 People Management and Performance ......................3 People Strategies for Global Firms..............................1 Performance Management Systems ...........................1 Personal Finance and Investments ............................46 Perspectives on Organizational Fit ............................14 Pestoff, Victor ..........................................................19 Petrakos, George .....................................................33 Petroleum Taxation ..................................................33 Pettit, Raymond .........................................................8 Phillips, Susan ..........................................................20 Pieters, Rik ...............................................................22 Pinkse, Jonatan ........................................................31 Policy Matters ............................................................8 Political Economy of the Small Firm, The..................60 Political Power of Business, The ...............................62 Pollock, Neil .............................................................55 Potts, Keith ..............................................................50 Poullaos, Chris .........................................................45 Powell, Helen...........................................................23 Power at Work...........................................................6 Practical Guide to Project Planning...........................55 Prashantham, Shameen ...........................................59 Pratt, Andy ..............................................................62 Pricing and Revenue Management of Services, The.....................................................................62 Principles of Project and Infrastructure Finance ........50 Private Equity in Asia................................................37 Privatisation and Financial Collapse in the Nuclear Industry ..............................................................50 Proctor, Tony ............................................................21 Procurement Systems...............................................29 Producing Management Knowledge ........................61 Profeta, Paola ..........................................................48 Profitability, Accounting Theory and Methodology ...45 Project Governance..................................................41 Project Management Demystified 3rd Edition ..........61 Psycholinguistic Phenomena in Marketing Communications ................................................26 Psychology of Conflict and Conflict Management in Organizations, The .........................................15 Public Management and Complexity Theory ............20 Public Management and Governance.......................15 Public Management: Old and New ..........................15 Public Policy for Regional Development....................21

www.routledge.com/business

INDEX

Public Private Partnerships in the European Union....20 Public Procurement ..................................................16 Public Procurement in China ....................................39 Public Relations Handbook, The ...............................27 Public Relations Metrics ...........................................27 Public Services Management....................................20 Pucik, Vladimir ...........................................................1 Purba, Sanjiv ............................................................56 Purcell, John ..............................................................3

Q Quah, Euston...........................................................45 Quick, Reiner ...........................................................44 Quillin, Bryce............................................................48

R Raab, Jorg................................................................54 Raiden, Ani ..............................................................15 Rainbird, Helen ..........................................................7 Rashford, Nicholas S. ...............................................11 Rasiah, Rajah ..........................................................40 Ravasi, Davide..........................................................11 Rayton, Bruce ............................................................3 Readings and Cases in International Human Resource Management.........................................3 Reconfiguring Public Relations .................................27 Redhead, Keith ........................................................46 Rees, William ...........................................................58 Regions and Cities (series)........................................34 Reid, Gavin C...........................................................53 Reinmoeller, Patrick..................................................10 Reiss, Geoff .............................................................61 Remaking Regional Economies.................................34 Research Concepts for Management Studies ...........61 Resource Management (series)...........................56, 62 Retail Supply Chain Management ............................22 Retailing Reader, The ...............................................22 Rethinking Information Systems in Organizations.....51 Rethinking IT in Construction and Engineering.........52 Rethinking Public Relations ......................................26 Reward Management ................................................6 Rhodes, Carl ................................................11, 13, 14 Rhodes, Mary Lee ....................................................20 Ribbers, Pieter..........................................................51 Ricceri, Federica .......................................................29 Rickards, Tudor ........................................................61 Rightsizing Inventory................................................56 Ringmar, Erik............................................................58 Risberg, Annette ......................................................29 Risk and Crisis Management in the Public Sector .....19 Risk Appraisal and Venture Capital in High Technology New Ventures ..................................53 Risk in International Finance.....................................49 Roberts, David .........................................................23 Robertson, Iain.........................................................19 Rocco, Elena ............................................................30 Roche, Julian............................................................37 Rodger, Barry ...........................................................34

Roe, Robert A. .........................................................14 Roness, Paul G. ........................................................17 Rooney, David ..........................................................14 Roos, Jan .................................................................51 Rossi, Sergio ............................................................48 Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance (series) ...................................................47 Routledge Advances in Korean Studies (series).........40 Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies (series)...12, 13, 24, 27, 29, 34, 53, 60, 62 Routledge Advances in Social Economics (series)......50 Routledge Advances in Tourism (series)........32, 35, 40 Routledge Communication Series (series) .................27 Routledge Companion to Accounting History, The ...44 Routledge Companion To Creativity, The ..................61 Routledge Companion to Fair Value and Financial Reporting, The ...................................................44 Routledge Companion to International Business Coaching, The ....................................................31 Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Marketing, The.....................................................................16 Routledge Companion to Strategic Human Resource Management, The................................................4 Routledge Contemporary China Series (series) .........39 Routledge Contemporary Corporate Governance (series)..........................................................41, 42 Routledge Contemporary Japan Series (series) ...39, 40 Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series (series) ..........................................33 Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series (series)..38 Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series (series)................................................................38 Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management (series)..........................................................19, 20 Routledge eBusiness (series) .....................................57 Routledge Explorations in Economic History (series)................................................................60 Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics (series)................................................................50 Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy (series) .............................................39, 49, 50, 60 Routledge Health Management (series)....................21 Routledge Historical Perspectives in Accounting (series)................................................................45 Routledge International Business in Asia (series).......38 Routledge International Series in Tourism, Business and Management (series) ...................................31 Routledge International Studies in Business History (series)................................................................47 Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking (series) ......................................47, 48, 49 Routledge Key Guides (series) ................................4, 9 Routledge Masters in Public Management (series)..........................................................19, 20 Routledge New Works in Accounting History (series)................................................................45 Routledge Research in Comparative Politics (series)..62 Routledge Research in Employment Relations (series)..........................................................5, 6, 7 Routledge Research in Gender and Society (series).....7 Routledge Research in Organizational Behaviour and Strategy (series) ...........................................14 Routledge Series in Information Systems (series) ......51 Routledge Studies in Accounting (series)..................45 Routledge Studies in Business Organizations and Networks (series)..............................17, 33, 50, 59

Routledge Studies in Complexity and Management (series)................................................................30 Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance (series)................................................................42 Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics (series)................................................................42 Routledge Studies in Development and Society (series)................................................................42 Routledge Studies in Development Economics (series)................................................................34 Routledge Studies in Economic Geography (series)...34 Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context (series)..................................6 Routledge Studies in Employment Relations (series) ...6 Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship (series) .........59 Routledge Studies in Global Competition (series) .....................21, 30, 42, 52, 53, 57, 59, 62 Routledge Studies in Governance and Change in the Global Era (series).........................................42 Routledge Studies in Human Geography (series) ......35 Routledge Studies in Human Resource Development (series)..................................................................8 Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy (series) ..........................33, 35 Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society (series) ................13, 14 Routledge Studies in Organization and Systems (series)................................................................53 Routledge Studies in Small Business (series) .......58, 59 Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations (series) .........................................55 Routledge Studies in the European Economy (series)................................................................33 Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia (series) ....................................................6, 37 Routledge Studies in the History of Economics (series)..........................................................50, 60 Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations (series) ..20 Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia (series)................................................................39 Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy (series)............................................................7, 59 Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy (series)..........................................................38, 39 Routledge Waseda International Studies Series (series)................................................................15 Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy (series)..........................................................32, 42 Routledge-Cavendish Research in Commercial Law (series)................................................................33 RĂ¸vik, Kjell Arne ......................................................17 Rowley, Chris.............................................4, 7, 35, 36 Rowlinson, Steve......................................................29 Rui, Huaichuan ........................................................38 Runco, Mark A.........................................................61 Russian Factory Enters the Market Economy, A ........33 Rusten, Grete...........................................................55 Rutherford, B.A........................................................45 Rutterford, Janette ...................................................47 Ryan, Chris ..............................................................40

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

INDEX

S Sadler-Smith, Eugene ...............................................10 Sadoi, Yuri ...............................................................40 Saee, John ..............................................................35 Sammarra, Alessia....................................................34 Samuel, Peter.............................................................6 Sandberg, Birgitta ....................................................54 Sanders, Richard ......................................................38 Saporta, Victoria ......................................................49 Sargeant, Adrian......................................................16 Scheeres, Hermine ...................................................14 Schepers, Donald .....................................................46 Schettkat, Ronald.....................................................33 Schlemmer, Frank.....................................................58 Scholz, Christian ........................................................4 Schuler, Randall S.......................................................1 Schulten, Thorsten .....................................................6 Scott, Allen J............................................................34 Scullion, Hugh ...........................................................2 Sedgwick, Mitchell...................................................40 Segers, Rien T...........................................................40 Semmler, Willi..........................................................48 Sena, Vania..............................................................48 Series in Organization and Management (series)......................................................5, 10, 15 Sessa, Valerie .............................................................8 Sexton, Martin .........................................................15 Sexualities, Work and Organizations ..........................6 Shalley, Christina E...................................................11 Shani, A.B. (Rami) ....................................................12 Shaw, John ..............................................................21 Sheikh, Saleem ........................................................58 Shue, Vivienne .........................................................39 Sian, Suki.................................................................45 Siddharthan, N.S......................................................53 Siengtha, Sununta ...................................................35 Silverstein, David......................................................53 Silvester, Jo ..............................................................12 Simon, Denis Fred ....................................................39 Simons, Penelope.....................................................42 SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series (series) .......14, 15 Skålén, Per...............................................................22 Skerratt, Sarah .........................................................55 Slocum, Michael ......................................................53 Small Business in Britain...........................................59 Smidt, Seymour .......................................................45 Smith, Brent.............................................................13 Smith, Denis ............................................................29 Smith, Julia A...........................................................53 Smith, Peter C..........................................................17 Smith, Ronald D.......................................................27 Smith, Steven Rathgeb.............................................20 Smith, William E. .....................................................28 Social and Community Informatics ...........................52 Social Enterprise.......................................................20 Social Networks .......................................................13 Socially Responsible Investing...................................46 Sociology, Work and Industry...................................12 Soenen, Guillaume...................................................11 Software and Organisations .....................................55 Software Deployment, Updating, and Patching........52

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form on Page 72

Solberg, Harry Arne .................................................46 Solidaristic Wages Policy ............................................6 Song, Haiyan ..........................................................35 Sotskov, Yuri N.........................................................50 Southern, Alan ............................................18, 34, 59 Sparks, Leigh ...........................................................22 Sparrow, Paul.............................................................4 Spence, Laura ..........................................................43 Spon Research (series)..............................................15 Sport & Tourism: A Reader.......................................32 Stacey, Ralph............................................................30 Stackpole, Bill ..........................................................52 Stahl, Bernd Carsten ................................................53 Stahl, Günter K. .........................................................3 Stevenson, Howard....................................................6 Stewart, Jim...............................................................8 Stjernberg, Torbjörn .................................................61 Stokes, Ashli Q.........................................................26 Stone, Dianna ............................................................5 Stone, Marilyn A. .....................................................23 Stone-Romero, Eugene ..............................................5 Stopford, Martin ......................................................32 Storey, John ...............................................................4 Storz, Cornelia .........................................................57 Strategic Issues in International Retailing..................22 Strategic Marketing .................................................21 Strategic Positioning in Voluntary and Charitable Organizations .....................................................20 Strategic Project Leader, The ....................................29 Strategic Reputation Management...........................26 Street Entrepreneurs ................................................59 Structure of Financial Regulation, The......................49 Stuart, Mark ..............................................................6 Study of Public Management in Europe and the US, The ..............................................................20 Styhre, Alexander.....................................................55 Sucher, Sandra J.........................................................9 Sudarsanam, P.S.......................................................41 Sullivan, Martin........................................................49 Sun, Pei ...................................................................39 Sun, Yifei .................................................................39 Suneja, Vivek ...........................................................61 Supply Chain Management ......................................62 Supply Chain Risk Management...............................62 Sustainability Accounting and Accountability ...........44 Sustainability and Spread of Organizational Change, The.......................................................13 Sustainable Tourism Futures .....................................35 Sveningsson, Stefan ................................................15 Swart, Juani ...............................................................3 Swartz, Ethné ..........................................................28

Call toll free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax 1-800-248-4724

T Talbot, Lorraine ........................................................58 Tan, Willie ................................................................50 Taplin, Ruth..........................................................6, 37 Targeting Regional Economic Development..............62 Tax Systems and Tax Reforms in Latin America.........48 Taylor, Phil..................................................................6 Taylor, Simon............................................................50 Teaching The Moral Leader ........................................9 Teall, John L. ............................................................41 Technological Communities and Networks ...............55 Teisman, Geert.........................................................19 Telecommunications in China...................................38 Telgen, Jan...............................................................16 Terziovski, Milé.........................................................54 Thai, Khi V. ..............................................................16 Theaker, Alison ........................................................27 Thinking Through Systems Thinking.........................54 Third Sector in Europe, The......................................20 Thomas, Alan Berkeley.............................................61 Thomas, Kecia M. ....................................................13 Thompson, Paul .......................................................51 Thoughtful Fundraising ............................................16 Thurloway, Lynn .........................................................3 Tian, Xiaowen..........................................................39 Tietze, Susanne........................................................33 Time in Organizational Research ..............................14 Tkalac Vercic, Ana....................................................27 Todeva, Emanuela ....................................................33 Tomasic, Roman.......................................................42 Toporowski, Jan .......................................................48 Tourism and Innovation............................................30 Tourism in China ......................................................40 Tourist Shopping Villages .........................................32 Townsend, Alan .......................................................18 Trade Unions and Workplace Training ........................6 Trade Unions in a Neoliberal World ............................6 Trade Unions in Asia ................................................37 Transforming Corporate Governance in East Asia.....41 Transnational Politics of Corporate Governance Regulation, The ..................................................42 Traxler, Franz ............................................................61 Triple Helix, The .......................................................52 Turley, Stuart ............................................................44 Turner, Colin ......................................................30, 31 Turner, Rodney J.......................................................41 Turnovsky, Michelle ..................................................32 Two Hundred Years of Accounting Research ............45 Tylecote, Andrew .....................................................41

www.routledge.com/business

INDEX

Wubs, Ben ...............................................................47 Wymer Jr, Walter .....................................................16

Ulrich, David ..............................................................4 â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Uncertainâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Foundations of Post Keynesian Economics, The ..................................................50 Undermining of Beliefs in the Autonomy and Rationality of Consumers, The ............................22 Understanding Business (series)................................61 Understanding Business: Markets.............................61 Understanding E-Government..................................53 Understanding Emerging Markets............................31 Understanding Organisational Culture in the Construction Industry .........................................15 Understanding Organization as Process....................14 Understanding Organizational Change.....................11 Understanding Organizational Change (series) .........13 Understanding Risk ..................................................49 Understanding the Social Dimension of Sustainability ......................................................42 Understanding the World Economy .........................32 Unerman, Jeffrey......................................................44 Unions and Globalization ...........................................6 Unwin, Lorna.........................................................7, 8 Upadhya, Carol ........................................................52 Urban Regeneration Management ...........................34 Usher, Robin ..............................................................8 Usui, Kazuo .............................................................22 Usunier, Jean-Claude................................................62

Waddington, Kathryn...............................................13 Wagner, Christoph...................................................49 Waldman, David A...................................................10 Walker, Derek ..........................................................29 Walker, Stephen P. ...................................................44 Waller, Mary J. .........................................................14 Walsh, James P.........................................................61 Walters, Diane .........................................................44 Walton, Peter...........................................................44 Waluszewski, Alexandra...........................................54 Wang, Peijie.............................................................47 Wang, Ping ..............................................................39 Ward, James ..............................................................6 Warner, Malcolm .............................................5, 7, 39 Waterhouse, Jennifer ...............................................19 Watson, Tony J.........................................................12 Weaver, David..........................................................35 Webb, Brian.............................................................58 Wedel, Michel..........................................................22 Weed, Mike .............................................................32 Weisband, Suzanne P. ..............................................10 Werner, Frank ..........................................................50 Werner, Steve ........................................................2, 3 Westhead, Paul ........................................................57 Westwood, Robert.......................................11, 12, 13 Wever, Egbert ..........................................................33 Wheaton, George R. ..................................................7 Whetzel, Deborah L. ..................................................7 Whistle-Blowing in Organizations ............................14 White, Geoff..............................................................6 Whitrod Brown, Helen ...............................................5 Whittington, Geoffrey..............................................45 Wickramasinghe, Danture........................................44 Willekens, Marleen ..................................................44 Williams, Allan .........................................................35 Williams, Karel ...................................................28, 46 Williams, Robin ........................................................55 Wilson, Robert .........................................................46 Winch, Christopher....................................................8 Wisdom and Management in the Knowledge Economy ............................................................14 Witt, Stephen .........................................................35 Witzel, Morgen........................................................37 Wolfram Cox, Julie...................................................12 Wolsey, Chris .............................................................5 Women and Labour Organizing in Asia....................38 Women and the Labour Market.................................7 Women and Their Money 1700-1950 ......................47 Wong, Christine.......................................................39 Wong, Raymond Sin-Kwok ......................................39 Wood, Geoffrey E. .............................................48, 49 Wood, John C..........................................................60 Wood, Michael C.....................................................60 Work Group Learning ................................................8 Working in Asia (series)......................................35, 36 Working Time Around the World ...............................7 World Bank and Global Managerialism, The ............33 Worldwide Cases in Marketing Management...........21 Wright, Patrick M.......................................................4 Wrzesniewski, Amy..................................................14

V Vahtra, Peeter ..........................................................33 Vaillancourt, Francois ..............................................21 Value Creating Board, The .......................................42 Values-based Service for Sustainable Business ..........14 van Apeldoorn, Bastiaan ..........................................42 van Buuren, Arwin ...................................................19 van Frederikslust, Ruud A.I.......................................41 van Rekom, Johan....................................................11 van Riel, Cees B.M. ..................................................26 van Ruler, Betteke ....................................................27 van Tulder, Rob ........................................................18 van Wendel de Joode, Ruben...................................54 Vargas, Ricardo Viana ..............................................55 Varma, Arup ..............................................................1 Vasavi, A.R...............................................................52 Vaughan, Roger .......................................................55 Vercic, Dejan ............................................................27 Vermeulen, Patrick ...................................................54 Visintin, Francesca....................................................41 Visual Marketing......................................................22 Vivarelli, Marco ........................................................59 Vocational Education .................................................8 von Staden, Peter.....................................................39

X Xi, Chao ..................................................................37

Y Yadav, Vikash...........................................................49 Yang, Chen..............................................................38 Yang, Gu .................................................................37 Yu, Guanghua .........................................................36 Yueh, Linda..............................................................37 Yukongdi, Vimolwan................................................36

Z Zedtwitz, Max von ...................................................39 Zhang, Wei-Bin ........................................................48 Zhou, Jing................................................................11 Zhu, Ying.................................................................37 Zook, Matthew A. ...................................................54

E-mail: business@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

M063

08/08